Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

mind+control

  • 81 MCC

    1) Медицина: Medicines Control Council (Комиссия по контролю за оборотом лекарственных средств Южно-Африканской республики)
    2) Американизм: Merchant Classification Code
    4) Военный термин: Maneuver Control Center, Marine Corps Commandant, Micro Climatic Cooling, Military Cooperation Committee, Military Coordinating Committee, Military Coordination Center, Mission Control Complex, Munitions Carriers Conference, main combustion chamber, main communications center, main control center, maintenance control center, maintenance of close contact, management and control center, maneuver control console, manual combat center, manual control center, maritime coordination center, master control center, meteorological communications center, metrology and calibration center, midcourse command control, midcourse correction, military climb corridor, military communications control, missile capability console, missile checkout console, missile combat crew, missile command coder, missile control center, missile control console, mission control center, mobile command center, mobile communication center, mobile control center, modified close control, movement control center, movement coordination center, multichannel communications controller, Mission Control Cell (w/in CARS), МЦУ (Mobile Control Center), мобильный центр управления
    6) Сельское хозяйство: Modern Cereal Chemistry
    8) Строительство: (Motor Control Centre) ЩСУ
    10) Метеорология: Midwest Climate Center
    12) Бухгалтерия: More Cash Comin, Mortgage Credit Certificate
    13) Грубое выражение: Mad Cunt College
    15) Сокращение: Canada-US Military Co-operation Community, US Section, Management, Command & Control, Manoeuvre Camber Control, Manual Control Centre, Marylebone Cricket Club, Meteor Communications Corp. (USA), Microelectronics and Computer technology Corporation, Military Control / Co-ordination Centre, Mini-Cylinder Core, Mission Control Centre, Mission Crew Commander, Mobile Command Centre, Music Critics' Circle, maximum cystometric capacity
    17) Электроника: Mixing Cross-bar Connectors, My Classic Car
    18) Вычислительная техника: Manchester Code Converter, man-computer communication, человеко-машинное взаимодействие, Manchester Computing Centre (Linux), Multichannel Communication Controller (SCC, FCC), Mission Control Center (Space)
    20) Иммунология: mixed cell culture
    22) Банковское дело: Merchant Category Code
    23) Транспорт: Micro Compact Car
    24) Фирменный знак: Minneapolis Convention Center
    26) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: ПУМ (motor control center), оперативно-щитовой блок-модуль, пульт управления моторами (motor control center), распределительное устройство (motor control centre), распределительное устройство двигателя (motor control centre), центр управления двигателями (Motor control centre), motor control center (centralized location[s] where the main disconnects and starters for motors are located)
    27) Сетевые технологии: Melbourne Cricket Club, Multiple Channel Card
    30) Химическое оружие: mobile containment chamber, motor control cabinet
    31) Расширение файла: Dialer10 calling card, Shortcut to MSN (Windows 95)
    33) Электротехника: щит управления электродвигателем (ЩУЭ), ЩУЭ (щит управления электродвигателем; шкаф управления электродвигателем; щит управления электродвигателями; шкаф управления электродвигателями), шкаф управления электродвигателем, шкаф управления электродвигателями, щит управления электродвигателями, щит управления
    35) Правительство: Madison County Customs, Mill Creek Canyon
    36) НАСА: Mid Course Correction
    37) Программное обеспечение: Mandrake Control Center

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > MCC

  • 82 mcc

    1) Медицина: Medicines Control Council (Комиссия по контролю за оборотом лекарственных средств Южно-Африканской республики)
    2) Американизм: Merchant Classification Code
    4) Военный термин: Maneuver Control Center, Marine Corps Commandant, Micro Climatic Cooling, Military Cooperation Committee, Military Coordinating Committee, Military Coordination Center, Mission Control Complex, Munitions Carriers Conference, main combustion chamber, main communications center, main control center, maintenance control center, maintenance of close contact, management and control center, maneuver control console, manual combat center, manual control center, maritime coordination center, master control center, meteorological communications center, metrology and calibration center, midcourse command control, midcourse correction, military climb corridor, military communications control, missile capability console, missile checkout console, missile combat crew, missile command coder, missile control center, missile control console, mission control center, mobile command center, mobile communication center, mobile control center, modified close control, movement control center, movement coordination center, multichannel communications controller, Mission Control Cell (w/in CARS), МЦУ (Mobile Control Center), мобильный центр управления
    6) Сельское хозяйство: Modern Cereal Chemistry
    8) Строительство: (Motor Control Centre) ЩСУ
    10) Метеорология: Midwest Climate Center
    12) Бухгалтерия: More Cash Comin, Mortgage Credit Certificate
    13) Грубое выражение: Mad Cunt College
    15) Сокращение: Canada-US Military Co-operation Community, US Section, Management, Command & Control, Manoeuvre Camber Control, Manual Control Centre, Marylebone Cricket Club, Meteor Communications Corp. (USA), Microelectronics and Computer technology Corporation, Military Control / Co-ordination Centre, Mini-Cylinder Core, Mission Control Centre, Mission Crew Commander, Mobile Command Centre, Music Critics' Circle, maximum cystometric capacity
    17) Электроника: Mixing Cross-bar Connectors, My Classic Car
    18) Вычислительная техника: Manchester Code Converter, man-computer communication, человеко-машинное взаимодействие, Manchester Computing Centre (Linux), Multichannel Communication Controller (SCC, FCC), Mission Control Center (Space)
    20) Иммунология: mixed cell culture
    22) Банковское дело: Merchant Category Code
    23) Транспорт: Micro Compact Car
    24) Фирменный знак: Minneapolis Convention Center
    26) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: ПУМ (motor control center), оперативно-щитовой блок-модуль, пульт управления моторами (motor control center), распределительное устройство (motor control centre), распределительное устройство двигателя (motor control centre), центр управления двигателями (Motor control centre), motor control center (centralized location[s] where the main disconnects and starters for motors are located)
    27) Сетевые технологии: Melbourne Cricket Club, Multiple Channel Card
    30) Химическое оружие: mobile containment chamber, motor control cabinet
    31) Расширение файла: Dialer10 calling card, Shortcut to MSN (Windows 95)
    33) Электротехника: щит управления электродвигателем (ЩУЭ), ЩУЭ (щит управления электродвигателем; шкаф управления электродвигателем; щит управления электродвигателями; шкаф управления электродвигателями), шкаф управления электродвигателем, шкаф управления электродвигателями, щит управления электродвигателями, щит управления
    35) Правительство: Madison County Customs, Mill Creek Canyon
    36) НАСА: Mid Course Correction
    37) Программное обеспечение: Mandrake Control Center

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > mcc

  • 83 slip

    I
    1. slip past tense, past participle - slipped; verb
    1) (to slide accidentally and lose one's balance or footing: I slipped and fell on the path.) resbalar
    2) (to slide, or drop, out of the right position or out of control: The plate slipped out of my grasp.) resbalar
    3) (to drop in standard: I'm sorry about my mistake - I must be slipping!) decaer, empeorar
    4) (to move quietly especially without being noticed: She slipped out of the room.) escabullirse, escurrirse
    5) (to escape from: The dog had slipped its lead and disappeared.) soltarse, escaparse
    6) (to put or pass (something) with a quick, light movement: She slipped the letter back in its envelope.) pasar, deslizar

    2. noun
    1) (an act of slipping: Her sprained ankle was a result of a slip on the path.) resbalón, traspiés, tropezón
    2) (a usually small mistake: Everyone makes the occasional slip.) desliz
    3) (a kind of undergarment worn under a dress; a petticoat.) combinación
    4) ((also slipway) a sloping platform next to water used for building and launching ships.) rampa
    •
    - slippery
    - slipperiness
    - slip road
    - slipshod
    - give someone the slip
    - give the slip
    - let slip
    - slip into
    - slip off
    - slip on
    - slip up
    II slip noun
    (a strip or narrow piece of paper: She wrote down his telephone number on a slip of paper.) papelito, trocito de papel
    slip1 n
    1. desliz / error
    2. combinación
    slip2 vb
    1. resbalarse / escurrirse
    2. escurrirse / escabullirse
    3. pasar / meter / deslizar
    to slip your mind olvidarse / irse de la cabeza

    slip /(e)s'lip/ (pl
    ◊ slips) sustantivo masculino
    1 ( prenda interior)
    a) ( de hombre) underpants (pl), pants (pl) (BrE)
    b) ( de mujer) panties (pl), knickers (pl) (BrE)
    2 ( bañador) swimming trunks (pl)
    slip sustantivo masculino (calzoncillo corto) pants, briefs ' slip' also found in these entries: Spanish: colar - colarse - columpiarse - combinación - deslizar - desliz - despiste - escabullirse - escapar - escurrirse - esquinazo - formularia - formulario - lapso - lapsus - patinar - resbalar - resbalarse - resbalón - traspié - tropezón - amarradero - boleta - derrapar - descuido - desmarcarse - escurrir - fondo - mano - papeleta - patinazo - resbalada - resguardo - tique - tropiezo - vale - volante English: paying-in-slip - slip - slip away - slip back - slip down - slip in - slip into - slip off - slip on - slip out - slip past - slip up - slip-road - slip-up - wage slip - briefs - cost - lapse - pay - petticoat - pillow - quietly - sales
    tr[slɪp]
    1 (of paper) papelito, trocito de papel
    2 SMALLBOTANY/SMALL (cutting) esqueje nombre masculino
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    slip of a girl chiquilla
    ————————
    tr[slɪp]
    1 (slide) resbalar; (fall, get away, escape) caer
    2 SMALLAUTOMOBILES/SMALL (clutch, tyre) patinar
    3 (move - quickly) ir de prisa; (- secretly) escabullirse
    4 (decline) decaer, empeorar
    1 (pass, give, put) pasar, deslizar, dar a escondidas
    2 (overlook, forget) escaparse
    3 (get free from) soltarse de
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    a slip of the tongue un lapsus linguae
    there's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the lip del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho
    to be slipping estar perdiendo facultades, no ser lo que uno era antes
    to give somebody the slip dar esquinazo a alguien
    to let something slip escapársele algo a uno
    to slip a disc dislocarse una vértebra
    to slip anchor levar anclas
    slipped disc vértebra dislocada
    slip road pista de aceleración
    slip ['slɪp] v, slipped ; slipping vi
    1) steal: ir sigilosamente
    to slip away: escabullirse
    to slip out the door: escaparse por la puerta
    2) slide: resbalarse, deslizarse
    3) lapse: caer
    to slip into error: equivocarse
    4)
    to let slip : dejar escapar
    5)
    to slip into put on: ponerse
    slip vt
    1) put: meter, poner
    2) pass: pasar
    she slipped me a note: me pasó una nota
    3)
    to slip one's mind : olvidársele a uno
    slip n
    1) pier: atracadero m
    2) mishap: percance m, contratiempo m
    3) mistake: error m, desliz m
    4) petticoat: enagua f
    5) : injerto m, esqueje m (de una planta)
    6)
    slip of paper : papelito m
    n.
    • combinación s.f.
    • enaguas s.f.pl.
    n.
    • desbarro s.m.
    • descuido s.m.
    • desliz s.f.
    • desplazamiento s.m.
    • dislocación s.f.
    • equivocación s.f.
    • inadvertencia s.f.
    • lapso s.m.
    • lapsus s.m.
    • pifia s.f.
    • renuncio s.m.
    • resbalón s.m.
    • tira s.f.
    • traspiés s.m.
    • tropezón s.m.
    v.
    • deslizar v.
    • desvarar v.
    • dislocarse un hueso v.
    • escurrir v.
    • escurrirse v.
    • esquejar v.
    • huir v.
    • patinar v.
    • resbalar v.
    slɪp
    I
    1) ( slide) resbalón m, resbalada f (AmL)

    to give somebody the slip — (colloq) lograr zafarse de algn

    2) ( mistake) error m, equivocación f

    a slip of the tongue/pen — un lapsus (linguae/cálami)

    3) ( of paper)

    a slip of paper — un papelito, un papel; deposit II 1) a)

    4) ( undergarment) combinación f, enagua f, viso m, fondo m (Méx)
    5) ( of person)

    a slip of a girl — una chiquilla, una chiquilina (AmL)


    II
    1.
    - pp- intransitive verb
    1)
    a) (slide, shift position) \<\<person\>\> resbalar(se); \<\<clutch\>\> patinar
    b) \<\<standards/service\>\> decaer*, empeorar

    you're slipping — tu trabajo (or aplicación etc) ya no es lo que era

    2)
    a) ( move unobtrusively) (+ adv compl)
    b) (escape, be lost)

    to let slip an opportunity to let an opportunity slip dejar escapar una oportunidad; they let the contract slip through their fingers se dejaron quitar el contrato de las manos; I didn't mean to say that: it just slipped out no quería decirlo, pero se me escapó or salió; I let (it) slip that... — se me escapó que...

    d) ( change)

    2.
    vt
    1)
    a) ( put unobtrusively) (+ adv compl) poner*, meter, deslizar*
    b) ( pass)
    2)

    to slip somebody's mind o memory: it completely slipped my mind — me olvidé or se me olvidó por completo

    b) ( in knitting) \<\<stitch\>\> pasar sin tejer
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    [slɪp]
    1. N
    1) (=slide) resbalón m
    - give sb the slip
    2) (=mistake) error m, equivocación f

    I must have made a slip somewhere — debo de haberme equivocado en algo, debo de haber cometido un error en algún sitio

    a slip of the pen/tongue — un lapsus calami/linguae

    Freudian 3.
    3) (=fall) bajada f
    4) (=undergarment) combinación f, enagua † f; (full length) viso m; (=pillowcase) funda f
    5) (=receipt) (in filing system) ficha f
    betting 2., deposit 3., pay 4., paying-in slip
    6) (=landslide) corrimiento m de tierras, desprendimiento m
    7) (Cricket) (usu pl) la posición posterior derecha del receptor (si el bateador es diestro) ocupada por los defensores de campo en un partido de críquet
    8) slips
    (Theat)
    9) [of person]

    a slip of a boy/girl — un chiquillo/una chiquilla

    10) (in pottery) arcilla que se ha mezclado con agua hasta estar cremosa
    11) (Bot) esqueje m
    12) (Naut) grada f
    2. VI
    1) (=slide, shift) resbalar

    the glass slipped from her hand — el vaso se le fue or se le resbaló de la mano

    2) (=move quickly)
    3) (=move imperceptibly) pasar desapercibido
    net I, 1., 1)
    4) (=decline) [shares, currency] bajar
    5) (=become known)
    3. VT
    1) (=move quickly and smoothly) pasar, deslizar

    he slipped an arm around her waist — le pasó or deslizó el brazo por la cintura

    I slipped a note under his door — deslicé or le pasé una nota por debajo de la puerta

    2) (=move imperceptibly)
    3) (=escape from)
    4) (Med)
    5) (Aut) [+ clutch] soltar
    6) (Knitting) [+ stitch] pasar (sin hacer)
    4.
    CPD

    slip road N — (on motorway) vía f de acceso

    slip stitch N — (Knitting) punto m sin hacer

    * * *
    [slɪp]
    I
    1) ( slide) resbalón m, resbalada f (AmL)

    to give somebody the slip — (colloq) lograr zafarse de algn

    2) ( mistake) error m, equivocación f

    a slip of the tongue/pen — un lapsus (linguae/cálami)

    3) ( of paper)

    a slip of paper — un papelito, un papel; deposit II 1) a)

    4) ( undergarment) combinación f, enagua f, viso m, fondo m (Méx)
    5) ( of person)

    a slip of a girl — una chiquilla, una chiquilina (AmL)


    II
    1.
    - pp- intransitive verb
    1)
    a) (slide, shift position) \<\<person\>\> resbalar(se); \<\<clutch\>\> patinar
    b) \<\<standards/service\>\> decaer*, empeorar

    you're slipping — tu trabajo (or aplicación etc) ya no es lo que era

    2)
    a) ( move unobtrusively) (+ adv compl)
    b) (escape, be lost)

    to let slip an opportunity to let an opportunity slip dejar escapar una oportunidad; they let the contract slip through their fingers se dejaron quitar el contrato de las manos; I didn't mean to say that: it just slipped out no quería decirlo, pero se me escapó or salió; I let (it) slip that... — se me escapó que...

    d) ( change)

    2.
    vt
    1)
    a) ( put unobtrusively) (+ adv compl) poner*, meter, deslizar*
    b) ( pass)
    2)

    to slip somebody's mind o memory: it completely slipped my mind — me olvidé or se me olvidó por completo

    b) ( in knitting) \<\<stitch\>\> pasar sin tejer
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > slip

  • 84 change

    tʃeɪndʒ
    1. сущ.
    1) а) перемена;
    изменение, сдвиг( from, into, to, in, of) ;
    замена (любого рода, напр., игрока в футболе) ;
    череда, чередование to bring about, effect, make a change ≈ внести изменения to undergo change ≈ подвергаться изменениям, претерпевать изменения drastic, great change ≈ большие перемены little change ≈ незначительная модификация marked change ≈ значительные перемены momentous change ≈ мгновенные изменения needed change ≈ необходимые изменения quick change ≈ быстрые изменения radical, striking, sweeping change ≈ радикальные перемены sudden change ≈ внезапные изменения, внезапный сдвиг welcome change ≈ желанные перемены Change, constant change, is the law of organic life. ≈ Изменение, вечное непрекращающееся изменение - закон органической жизни. There was little change in his condition. ≈ Его состояние не изменилось. a change occurs, takes place ≈ происходит изменение a change for the better ≈ изменение к лучшему the change from spring to summer ≈ переход от весны к лету (смена времен года) changes in personnel ≈ кадровые изменения the change of seasons ≈ смена времен года б) перен. смерть I went to my mother, and found her change was near. ≈ Я проведал мать и понял, что ей недолго осталось. в) муз. вариация;
    модуляция ∙ social change change of pace change of air change of life for a change
    2) что-л. взамен чего-л. другого а) смена (белья, платья) б) сдача;
    мелкие деньги, мелочь to count, get, take one's change ≈ получить сдачу to give, make, return change for ≈ дать сдачу мелочью to keep the change ≈ оставить сдачу Сan you give me change for a pound? ≈ У Вас будет сдача с фунта? Passengers are requested to examine their tickets and change before leaving. ≈ Пассажиров просят проверять билеты и сдачу не отходя от кассы. small change no change given make change в) пересадка( на железной дороге, трамвае) г) авт. включение другой передачи, переключение передач, скоростей - change down - change up д) расплата, "должное";
    возврат долга He gave me a real change, helped my son into University. ≈ Он мне оказал большую услугу - помог моему сыну поступить. not to get any change from smb. Take your change out of that! ≈ Вот тебе! Это тебе за то-то и то-то! (реплика в драке, в момент совершения мести и т.п.) ∙ change of heart hunt change
    3) новолуние I still have fits, always with a change in the moon. ≈ У меня до сих пор на новолуние случаются припадки.
    4) мн. а) отступление от канонического порядка колокольного звона (от самого большого колокола к самому маленькому) б) тот или иной тип колокольного звона (любой порядок колоколов) Four bells admit twenty-four changes in ringing. ≈ Для четырех колоколов возможно двадцать четыре типа звонов. в) та или иная манера игры на колоколах ∙ ring the changes
    5) (Change) (лондонская) биржа (можно рассматривать как сокр. от Exchange, что, впрочем, этимологически неверно) Good, honest, generous men at home, will be wolves and foxes on change! ≈ Дома они сущие ангелы, честные до мозга костей, но на бирже они кровожадные волки и хитрые лисы!
    6) шотл. пивная ∙ to get no change out of smb. разг. ≈ ничего не добиться от кого-л. to take the change on smb. разг. ≈ обмануть кого-л.
    2. гл.
    1) менять(ся), изменять(ся) ;
    заменять, сменять School has changed the boy into a coward. ≈ Школа сделала его трусом. I am the Lord, I change not. ≈ Ибо Я - Господь, Я не изменяюсь ( Мал 3,
    6.) Nothing will die, all things will change. ≈ Ничто не умирает, но все меняется (Лаун-Теннисон) - change colour change countenance change hands change to change into change for the better change for the worse Syn: alter, convert, modify, transfigure, transform, transmogrify, transmute, render Ant: maintain, stabilize, sustain
    4)
    2) заменять одно на другое а) переодеваться;
    одеваться к ужину, надевать вечернее платье to change from, change out of ≈ снимать что-л. I shall have to change from (или out of) these wet clothes. ≈ Мне надо переодеться, я весь мокрый. to change into ≈ надевать что-л. Syn: to change oneself б) делать пересадку, пересаживаться( на другой поезд, трамвай и т. п.) (to) all change! ≈ пересадка! в) менять, обменивать (о деньгах) I should like to change these pounds into dollars. ≈ Мне нужно обменять фунты на доллары. г) меняться, обмениваться( чем-л.) I'd like to change this dress for one in a larger size. ≈ Я бы хотел обменять это платье на такое же, но большего размера. д) авт. переключать передачу - change up - change down е) переходить в другую фазу (о луне) ж) переезжать, менять местожительство, место работы If a vicar dies or changes. ≈ Если викарий умрет или будет переведен на другую кафедру. ∙ change bandage - change one's mind change sides Syn: substitute, replace, exchange, interchange
    3) изменяться до полной неузнаваемости, менять сущность а) скисать;
    сгнить;
    портиться б) превращаться ∙ change back change from change into change down change over change round change up change with to change horses in the midstream ≈ "менять коней на переправе", производить крупные перемены в критический или опасный момент перемена, изменение;
    - * of weather перемена погоды;
    - * of scene перемена обстановки;
    - * of the scenes (театроведение) перемена декораций;
    - * of heart изменение намерений;
    переворот в убеждениях или чувствах;
    - * of pace смена ритма, скорости, хода;
    резкая смена образа жизни и деятельности;
    внесение разнообразия в жизнь;
    - * of front( военное) перемена фронта;
    коренные изменения;
    поворот на 180 градусов;
    - * of air перемена обстановки;
    (техническое) обмен воздуха;
    - * of station( военное) командировка, перевод в другую часть;
    - * of leads перемена ноги на галопе;
    - * of tide чередование приливно-отливных течений;
    - subject to * могущий измениться;
    подлежащий изменению;
    - many *s have taken place многое изменилось;
    - the * from winter to spring переход от зимы к весне;
    - * gear (техническое) механизм изменения хода и скоростей;
    - * part (техническое) сменная деталь;
    - * switch( техническое) переключатель замена, смена;
    подмена;
    разнообразие;
    - for a * для разнообразия;
    - you need a * вам нужно переменить обстановку;
    - this journey will be a * for you поездка внесет в вашу жизнь некоторое разнообразие смена (белья) ;
    - * station( военное) пункт обмена обмундирования;
    - a * of underwear смена белья размен (денег) ;
    - to give * for a pound note разменять банковый билет в 1 фунт стерлингов обмен (на другую валюту) сдача;
    - he got ninepence * он получил 9 пенсов сдачи;
    - keep the *! сдачи не нужно разменная монета;
    мелкие деньги, мелочь;
    что-л мелкое;
    пустяки, мелочи жизни пересадка ( на железной дороги) ;
    - no * for Oxford до Оксфорда без пересадки;
    (здесь) пересадки на Оксфорд нет;
    - to make a * at N. делать пересадку в N. (специальное) превращение;
    - chemical * химическое превращение (астрономия) новая фаза Луны, новолуние обыкн. pl трезвон( колоколов) - to ring the *s вызванивать на колоколах (шотландское) кабачок, пивная "параграф" (фигурное катание) > to get no * out of smb. ничего не добиться от кого-л;
    ничего не выведать у кого-л;
    > to take the * out of smb. отомстить кому-л;
    > take your * out of that! получайте!, вот вам!;
    > to ring the * повторять, твердить на все лады одно и то же;
    быстро менять одежду и внешний вид;
    переодеваться, маскироваться;
    менять, изменять;
    переделывать;
    - to * the course( морское) изменять курс;
    - to * one's address переменить адрес, переехать;
    - to * colour покраснеть или побледнеть;
    - to * countenance измениться в лице;
    - to * step сменить ногу;
    - * arms!( военное) передать оружие! (из одной руки в другую, с одного плеча на другое) - success *d him добившись успеха, он изменился;
    - we can't * human nature человеческую природу не переделаешь;
    - we *d the room by making a new window мы перестроили комнату, прорезав новое окно меняться, изменяться;
    - the weather *s very often погода часто меняется;
    - times * времена меняются;
    - the wind has *d from north to east северный ветер перешел в восточный;
    - how he has *d как он изменился! - they are changing from their old ideas они отказываются от своих старых представлений;
    - I could not wish it *d я бы хотел, чтобы все оставалось по-прежнему обменивать;
    - take the hat back to the shop and * it отнеси шляпу в магазин и поменяй ее обмениваться, меняться;
    поменяться с кем-л местами переодеваться;
    - to * for dinner переодеться к обеду;
    - to * into a new suit переодеться в новый костюм;
    - he *d his clothes он переоделся;
    менять белье, пеленки;
    - to * a bed перестелить постель, сменить постельное белье;
    - to * a baby (разговорное) перепеленать ребенка превращать;
    - the magician *d a watch into a rabbit фокусник превратил часы в кролика превращаться;
    - caterpillars * into butterflies гусеницы превращаются в бабочек;
    - to * into a bird превратиться в птицу, обернуться птицей;
    - to * into a miser превратиться в скрягу, стать скрягой портиться;
    - this colour *s эта краска линяет( разговорное) портить;
    - the milk is *d молоко свернулось переходить в новую фазу (о луне) ;
    - the moon will * on the fourteenth новолуние наступит четырнадцатого разменивать, менять ( деньги) ;
    - to * a pound note разменять банковый билет в один фунт;
    - to * a cheque получить наличные деньги по чеку обменивать (другую валюту) ;
    - to * pounds into francs обменять фунты на франки делать пересадку, пересаживаться;
    - to * from one train to another пересаживаться на другой поезд;
    - all*! поезд дальше не идет! > to * one's mind передумать, изменить свое решение;
    > to * hands переходить из рук в руки;
    переходить к другому владельцу;
    > the house has *d hands four times дом переходил от владельца к владельцу четыре раза;
    > to * the hand переменить направление (конный спорт) ;
    > to * one's skin измениться до неузнаваемости;
    "перекраситься";
    > to * face повернуться на 180 градусов, переменить фронт, повернуться в другую сторону;
    > to * sides перебежать в лагерь противника;
    изменить своим убеждениям;
    > to * one's note переменить тон, заговорить по-иному;
    > to * horses in midstream производить крупные перемены в опасный момент;
    менять лошадей на переправе address ~ вчт. изменение адреса address ~ вчт. переадресация administrative ~ административная реорганизация ~ делать пересадку, пересаживаться (to - на другой поезд, трамвай и т. п.) ;
    all change! пересадка! change биржа ~ делать пересадку, пересаживаться (to - на другой поезд, трамвай и т. п.) ;
    all change! пересадка! ~ делать пересадку ~ замена ~ изменение ~ изменять Change (сокр. от Exchange) лондонская биржа ~ мелкие деньги ~ мелочь ~ менять(-ся), изменять(ся) ;
    сменять, заменять;
    times change времена меняются ~ менять ~ менять деньги ~ новая фаза Луны, новолуние ~ обменивать(ся) ~ обменивать ~ переделывать ~ перемена;
    изменение;
    сдвиг;
    social change общественные (или социальные) сдвиги ~ перемена ~ переодеваться ~ пересадка (на железной дороге, трамвае) ;
    no change for Oxford в Оксфорд без пересадки ~ пересадка ~ to ~ up (down) авто переходить на большую (меньшую) скорость ~ подмена ~ размен (денег) ~ размен денег ~ разменная монета, сдача ~ разменная монета ~ разменять (деньги) ~ разнообразие;
    for a change для разнообразия ~ разнообразие ~ сдача;
    мелкие деньги, мелочь ~ сдача ~ скисать, прокисать;
    портиться ~ смена (белья, платья) ~ смена ~ (обыкн. pl) трезвон, перезвон колоколов to ~ colour покраснеть или побледнеть to ~ countenance измениться в лице ~ for reasons of consistency изменение из соображений совместимости ~ gear тех. механизм перемены направления движения to ~ hands переходить из рук в руки;
    переходить к другому владельцу hands: hands: change ~ переходить в другие руки to ~ horses in the midstream производить крупные перемены в критический или опасный момент ~ in behaviour изменение поведения ~ in cash value изменение стоимости в денежном выражении ~ in currency exchange rate изменение валютного курса ~ in currency exchange rate изменение обменного курса ~ in cyclical trend полит.эк. изменение периодического тренда ~ in definition изменение формулировки ~ in direction перемена курса ~ in exchange rates изменение валютных курсов ~ in foreign reserves изменение валютных запасов ~ in interest rates изменение процентных ставок ~ in inventories изменение уровней запасов ~ in net foreign reserves изменение чистой суммы валютных резервов ~ in net forward sales бирж. изменение объема нетто-продаж на срок ~ in order of priorities изменения порядка очередности ~ in practice изменение процедуры ~ in presentation of accounts изменение порядка представления отчетности ~ in price изменение цен ~ in statistical recording изменение статистической отчетности ~ in stock изменение уровня запасов ~ in stockbuilding изменение порядка создания запасов ~ in timing изменение чередования периодов ~ in work in progress изменение выполняемой работы ~ of address изменение адреса ~ of address модификация адреса ~ of address переадресование ~ of air тех. обмен воздуха ~ of air перемена обстановки ~ of attitude изменение отношения ~ of government смена правительства ~ of level изменение уровня ~ of life мед. климактерий ~ of managers смена руководителей ~ of name изменение названия ~ of ownership раздел собственности ~ of policy-orientation изменение политической ориентации ~ of profession смена профессии ~ of supplier смена поставщика ~ of system изменение системы ~ of trade смена профессии to ~ one's mind передумать, изменить решение mind: to be of the same ~ оставаться при своем мнении;
    to speak one's mind говорить откровенно;
    to change (или to alter) one's mind передумать;
    to my mind по моему мнению ~ over меняться местами ~ over вчт. переключать ~ over переходить (to - на что-л.) to ~ sides перейти на другую сторону (в политике, в споре и т. п.) sides: sides: change ~ изменять точку зрения control ~ вчт. смена режима управления de facto ~ фактическое изменение engineering ~ вчт. техническое изменение exact ~ точное изменение exchange rate ~ изменение валютного курса fee ~ изменение размера сбора ~ разнообразие;
    for a change для разнообразия generational ~ смена поколений to get no ~ out (of smb.) разг. ничего не добиться (от кого-л.) job ~ продвижение по службе minor ~ незначительное изменение ~ пересадка (на железной дороге, трамвае) ;
    no change for Oxford в Оксфорд без пересадки postproduction ~ вчт. доработка в процессе изготовления price ~ нетто-изменение курса ценной бумаги в течение рабочего дня price ~ переоценка public ~ вчт. общедоступное изменение random ~s случайные изменения to ring the changes (on) повторять, твердить на все лады одно и то же runtime ~ вчт. изменение на период прогона small ~ мелкая разменная монета small ~ мелкие деньги, мелочь small ~ (что-л.) мелкое, незначительное small ~ небольшое изменение small ~ незначительное изменение small ~ несущественное изменение ~ перемена;
    изменение;
    сдвиг;
    social change общественные (или социальные) сдвиги social ~ изменения в обществе social ~ социальная перемена (перемены в жизни общества) step ~ вчт. ступенчатое изменение structural ~ структурное изменение to take the ~ (on smb.) разг. обмануть (кого-л.) to take the ~ out of a person разг. отомстить (кому-л.) ~ менять(-ся), изменять(ся) ;
    сменять, заменять;
    times change времена меняются

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > change

  • 85 desvarío

    m.
    1 delirium, craze, madness, insanity.
    2 crazy idea, stupid idea.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: desvariar.
    * * *
    1 (delirio) delirium, raving
    2 (disparate) nonsense, act of madness
    3 (capricho) fancy, whim
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Med) delirium
    2) (=desatino) absurdity
    3) pl desvaríos (=disparates) ravings
    * * *
    a) (Med) delirium
    b) desvaríos masculino plural ( disparates) ravings (pl)

    ahí no hay nada, sólo son desvaríos tuyos — there's nothing there, you're just imagining things

    * * *
    = delirium, raving.
    Ex. It is therefore essential to suspect and recognize delirium in these patients, especially in emergency wards.
    Ex. I knew all the ways to control lunatics, but she was strong in her ravings and knocked me cold more than once.
    ----
    * desvaríos = rantings and ravings, rantings.
    * * *
    a) (Med) delirium
    b) desvaríos masculino plural ( disparates) ravings (pl)

    ahí no hay nada, sólo son desvaríos tuyos — there's nothing there, you're just imagining things

    * * *
    = delirium, raving.

    Ex: It is therefore essential to suspect and recognize delirium in these patients, especially in emergency wards.

    Ex: I knew all the ways to control lunatics, but she was strong in her ravings and knocked me cold more than once.
    * desvaríos = rantings and ravings, rantings.

    * * *
    1 ( Med) delirium
    2 desvaríos mpl (disparates) ravings (pl)
    sus poemas eran los desvaríos de una mente trastornada her poems were the ramblings o ravings of a disturbed mind
    no hay nada, sólo son desvaríos tuyos there's nothing there, you're just imagining things
    * * *

    Del verbo desvariar: ( conjugate desvariar)

    desvarío es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    desvarió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    desvariar    
    desvarío
    desvariar ( conjugate desvariar) verbo intransitivo (Med) to be delirious;
    ( decir tonterías) to talk nonsense, rave
    desvariar verbo intransitivo to talk nonsense, rave: después de dos copas empezó a desvariar, after having a couple of drinks she started raving
    desvarío sustantivo masculino
    1 (disparate: dicho) nonsense
    (: hecho) foolish act
    2 (pérdida momentánea de la razón) delirium
    ' desvarío' also found in these entries:
    English:
    raving
    * * *
    1. [disparate]
    tu decisión me parece un desvarío I think what you've decided is absolutely crazy;
    ¡no digas desvaríos! don't talk nonsense!
    2. [delirio] delirium
    * * *
    m
    1 delirium
    2
    :
    desvaríos pl ravings
    * * *
    delirio: delirium

    Spanish-English dictionary > desvarío

  • 86 vocabulario

    m.
    1 vocabulary.
    2 dictionary (diccionario).
    * * *
    1 vocabulary
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    * * *
    masculino vocabulary
    * * *
    = lexicon, vocabulary.
    Ex. The problem of lexicon creation and updating for large textual data bases is particularly difficult for research fields where the terminology evolves rapidly.
    Ex. The easiest way to exercise this type of control over index terms is to list or store the acceptable terms in a vocabulary.
    ----
    * vocabulario controlado = controlled vocabulary.
    * vocabulario de indización controlado = controlled indexing vocabulary.
    * * *
    masculino vocabulary
    * * *
    = lexicon, vocabulary.

    Ex: The problem of lexicon creation and updating for large textual data bases is particularly difficult for research fields where the terminology evolves rapidly.

    Ex: The easiest way to exercise this type of control over index terms is to list or store the acceptable terms in a vocabulary.
    * vocabulario controlado = controlled vocabulary.
    * vocabulario de indización controlado = controlled indexing vocabulary.

    * * *
    vocabulary
    para enriquecer tu vocabulario to enrich your vocabulary
    tiene un vocabulario muy amplio she has a very wide vocabulary
    ¡qué vocabulario! what language!
    ¡modera tu vocabulario! mind your language!
    * * *

     

    vocabulario sustantivo masculino
    vocabulary;
    ◊ ¡qué vocabulario! what language!

    vocabulario sustantivo masculino vocabulary

    ' vocabulario' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    depurar
    - léxica
    - léxico
    - pobre
    - ampliación
    - ampliar
    - empobrecer
    - moderar
    English:
    flashcard
    - vocabulary
    - wordlist
    * * *
    vocabulary
    * * *
    m vocabulary
    * * *
    : vocabulary
    * * *
    vocabulario n vocabulary

    Spanish-English dictionary > vocabulario

  • 87 turn over

    1) (roll over) [ person] girarsi, rivoltarsi; [ car] ribaltarsi, capottare; [ boat] rovesciarsi, capovolgersi
    2) (turn page) girare la pagina
    3) [ engine] girare; turn [sth., sb.] over, turn over [sth., sb.]
    4) (turn) girare, voltare [page, paper]; girare, rivoltare [object, mattress, soil]; girare [card, patient]
    5) (hand over) affidare, consegnare [object, money, find, papers] (to a); consegnare [person, fugitive] (to a); affidare, cedere [ company] (to a); affidare, trasmettere [control, power] (to a)
    7) BE colloq. (rob) svaligiare [shop, place]
    8) econ. (have turnover of) [ company] avere un giro, un volume di affari di [ amount]
    * * *
    (to give (something) up (to): He turned the money over to the police.) consegnare
    * * *
    1. vi + adv
    1) (person) girarsi, (car) capovolgersi, (engine) girare
    2) (in reading) girare or voltare la pagina

    (in letter) please turn over — segue

    2. vt + adv
    1) (page, mattress, card) girare, (patient) far girare

    to turn sth over in one's mind — riflettere a lungo or rimurginare su qualcosa

    2) (hand over: object, person) consegnare
    * * *
    1) (roll over) [ person] girarsi, rivoltarsi; [ car] ribaltarsi, capottare; [ boat] rovesciarsi, capovolgersi
    2) (turn page) girare la pagina
    3) [ engine] girare; turn [sth., sb.] over, turn over [sth., sb.]
    4) (turn) girare, voltare [page, paper]; girare, rivoltare [object, mattress, soil]; girare [card, patient]
    5) (hand over) affidare, consegnare [object, money, find, papers] (to a); consegnare [person, fugitive] (to a); affidare, cedere [ company] (to a); affidare, trasmettere [control, power] (to a)
    7) BE colloq. (rob) svaligiare [shop, place]
    8) econ. (have turnover of) [ company] avere un giro, un volume di affari di [ amount]

    English-Italian dictionary > turn over

  • 88 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 89 in

    1.
    in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
    I.
    With abl.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):

    aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,

    Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:

    alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,

    id. Brut. 43, 161:

    qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,

    id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:

    facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,

    id. ib.:

    T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:

    quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 97:

    in foro palam Syracusis,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:

    plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 35:

    tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,

    Cic. Mil. 6, 15:

    in via fornicata,

    Liv. 22, 36:

    vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,

    Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:

    in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 16:

    nupta in domo,

    Liv. 6, 34, 9:

    copias in castris continent,

    in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:

    cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,

    Quint. 11, 3, 130:

    se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,

    Liv. 5, 40, 10:

    malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,

    Cic. Att. 4, 10:

    sedere in solio,

    id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:

    Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,

    id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —

    Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:

    heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:

    navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,

    Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:

    complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 18:

    caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,

    Quint. 12, 10, 24:

    in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,

    Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
    2.
    In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):

    in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 3:

    Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:

    peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,

    id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:

    in perditis et desperatis,

    id. ib. 13, 56, 1:

    omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,

    id. de Sen. 19, 71:

    dolor in maximis malis ducitur,

    id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:

    justissimus unus in Teucris,

    Verg. A. 2, 426:

    cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,

    Liv. 27, 12, 16:

    in diis et feminae sunt,

    Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
    3.
    Of analogous relations of place or position:

    sedere in equo,

    on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:

    quid legati in equis,

    id. Pis. 25, 60:

    sedere in leone,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:

    in eo flumine pons erat,

    on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    in herboso Apidano,

    on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:

    in digitis,

    on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:

    castra in limite locat,

    on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:

    ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,

    on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:

    oleae in arbore,

    Cels. 2, 24:

    Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,

    among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:

    in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,

    Liv. 25, 16, 7:

    in juvenibus,

    Quint. 11, 1, 32:

    nutus in mutis pro sermone est,

    id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:

    in veste candida,

    Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:

    in calceis,

    id. 24, 38, 2:

    in insignibus,

    id. 5, 41, 2:

    in tunicis albis,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:

    in Persico et vulgari habitu,

    Curt. 3, 3, 4:

    in lugubri veste,

    id. 10, 5, 17:

    in Tyriis,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 297:

    in Cois,

    id. ib. v. 298; cf.:

    homines in catenis Romam mittere,

    Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:

    duas legiones in armis,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:

    in armis hostis,

    under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:

    quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,

    in oculis provinciae,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:

    in oculis omnium,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 7:

    divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,

    Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:

    Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,

    Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):

    in populorum institutis aut legibus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:

    in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,

    id. Fat. 1, 1:

    in Timaeo dicit,

    id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:

    epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,

    Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:

    perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:

    in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,

    Cic. Or. 71, 234:

    in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,

    Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:

    libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,

    Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:

    philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:

    quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,

    id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:

    rem habere in manibus,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:

    neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,

    in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:

    postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,

    Liv. 32, 24, 2:

    quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,

    Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:

    inter manus),

    Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,

    quorum epistulas in manu teneo,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:

    in manu poculum tenens,

    id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:

    coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,

    Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:

    in animo esse,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 11:

    in animo habere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:

    lex est ratio insita in natura,

    id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:

    in memoria sedere,

    id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:

    tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,

    Luc. 1, 247:

    quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!

    Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:

    erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,

    Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:

    in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,

    id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:

    si quid artis in medicis est,

    Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:

    nibil esse in morte timendum,

    Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:

    in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,

    quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,

    Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:

    non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,

    Liv. 30, 19, 3:

    cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,

    id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
    B.
    In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:

    feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,

    in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:

    in tempore hoc,

    Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:

    in hoc tempore,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    in tali tempore,

    Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:

    in diebus paucis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:

    in brevi spatio,

    id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    in qua aetate,

    Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:

    in ea aetate,

    Liv. 1, 57:

    in omni aetate,

    Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:

    in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,

    in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):

    nihil in vita se simile fecisse,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:

    in tota vita inconstans,

    id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
    b.
    In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:

    ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,

    Liv. 33, 5:

    spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,

    id. 2, 47:

    rebellaturi,

    Tac. A. 12, 50:

    atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
    c.
    In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:

    sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:

    vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,

    id. ib. 5, 35, 100:

    id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,

    Liv. 21, 37:

    haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,

    for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
    d.
    With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:

    fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:

    vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,

    id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:

    quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,

    id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:

    ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,

    in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:

    in excidenda Numantia,

    Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,

    id. Or. 21, 74.—
    C.
    In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:

    qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:

    se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,

    id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:

    Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,

    id. Clu. 8, 25.—

    So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 31:

    torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?

    Liv. 23, 9, 7:

    hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:

    in metu,

    Tac. A. 14, 43:

    in voluptate,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:

    alicui in amore esse,

    beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:

    alicui in amoribus esse,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 12:

    res in invidia erat,

    Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:

    num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?

    in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:

    mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,

    even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—

    So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:

    similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,

    Curt. 5, 5, 23:

    in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,

    Quint. 9, 4, 8:

    agi in judiciis,

    id. 11, 1, 78:

    tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:

    in actione... dicere,

    Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:

    in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,

    Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:

    in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,

    Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):

    in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,

    Cic. Brut, 43, 160:

    qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,

    is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:

    etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,

    is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:

    non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,

    id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:

    an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,

    id. Or. 61, 205:

    Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,

    on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:

    et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 5;

    but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,

    in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:

    horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,

    in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:

    quod mihi in parte verum videtur,

    Quint. 2, 8, 6:

    patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,

    id. 5, 7, 22:

    hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,

    in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    in furibus aerarii,

    Sall. C. 52, 12:

    Achilles talis in hoste fuit,

    Verg. A. 2, 540:

    in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,

    in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:

    suspectus et in morte matris fuit,

    Suet. Vit. 14:

    qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,

    Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:

    non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,

    Quint. 9, 3, 36:

    aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,

    id. 9, 3, 69:

    Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,

    Gell. 1, 22, 15:

    stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,

    Charis. 1, 18, 39:

    semper in significatione ea hortus,

    Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
    2.
    In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:

    cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,

    Liv. 3, 8, 9:

    adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,

    id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:

    in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,

    id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:

    dum in dubiost animus,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:

    in integro esse,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:

    in incerto esse,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    in obvio esse,

    id. 37, 23, 1:

    in tuto esse,

    id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:

    videre te in tuto,

    Cat. 30, 6:

    in aequo esse,

    Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:

    in expedito esse,

    Curt. 4, 2, 22:

    in proximo esse,

    Quint. 1, 3, 4:

    in aperto esse,

    Sall. C. 5, 3:

    in promisco esse,

    Liv. 7, 17, 7:

    in augusto esse,

    Cels. 5, 27, 2:

    in incerto haberi,

    Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:

    in levi habitum,

    id. H. 2, 21; cf.:

    in incerto relinquere,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
    II.
    With acc.
    A.
    In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;

    v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 19:

    in Ephesum advenit,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:

    in Epirum venire,

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:

    ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;

    non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:

    se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,

    id. Rep. 2, 19:

    remigrare in domum veterem e nova,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:

    cum in sua rura venerunt,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:

    a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,

    id. Fam. 15, 9:

    in Ubios legatos mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,

    Sall. J. 75, 1:

    Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,

    Liv. 3, 58, 1:

    abire in exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:

    cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,

    Tac. A. 4, 56:

    nuntiatur in castra,

    Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:

    allatis in castra nuntiis,

    Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:

    iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:

    Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,

    Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):

    in crimen populo ponere,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:

    ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 19:

    duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,

    Liv. 29, 19, 7:

    prius me collocavi in arborem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:

    sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:

    in caelum ascendere,

    Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:

    filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,

    id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:

    tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,

    up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:

    Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,

    Ov. M. 1, 113:

    in flumen deicere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
    2.
    Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:

    quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:

    si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,

    Cels. 2, 3:

    Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,

    Tac. Agr. 10:

    in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,

    Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:

    castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,

    towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:

    in Galliam versus movere,

    Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:

    si in urbem versus venturi erant,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
    3.
    So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):

    in memoriam reducere,

    Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:

    in animum inducere,

    Liv. 27, 9:

    in mentem venire,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3:

    frequens imitatio transit in mores,

    Quint. 1, 11, 3. —

    Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
    B.
    In time, into, till, for:

    dormiet in lucem,

    into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:

    statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,

    Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:

    in multam noctem luxit,

    Suet. Tib. 74:

    si febris in noctem augetur,

    Cels. 7, 27:

    dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:

    indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,

    for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:

    nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,

    forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:

    ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,

    for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,

    id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:

    subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,

    id. Mil. 9, 24:

    solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,

    for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:

    postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,

    Liv. 27, 2:

    qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,

    Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:

    seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,

    Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:

    neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,

    Quint. 12, 11, 20:

    in illum usque diem servati,

    id. 8, 3, 68:

    in serum usque patente cubiculo,

    Suet. Oth. 11:

    regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,

    Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:

    sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:

    res dilata est in posterum,

    id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:

    video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,

    id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,

    Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:

    ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,

    id. 30, 17, 1:

    effugis in futurum,

    Tac. H. 1, 71:

    quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:

    oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,

    id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:

    quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,

    Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):

    sensit miles in tempus conficta,

    Tac. A. 1, 37:

    ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,

    id. ib. 6, 11:

    scaena in tempus structa,

    id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:

    nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,

    Liv. 22, 40, 8:

    rapto in diem frumento,

    id. 4, 10, 1;

    but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,

    i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:

    vitium in dies crescit,

    Vell. 2, 5, 2:

    in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,

    Cic. Att. 5, 7:

    qui senescat in dies,

    Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:

    nos in diem vivimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    in diem et horam,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;

    and in horas,

    hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
    C.
    In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:

    id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,

    about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,

    id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:

    cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:

    quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,

    towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:

    in liberos nostros indulgentia,

    id. ib. 2, 40, 168:

    de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,

    id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:

    in dominum quaeri,

    to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:

    in eos impetum facere,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 1:

    invehi in Thebanos,

    Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:

    quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,

    id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:

    num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?

    Liv. 7, 6, 11:

    vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,

    to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:

    si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:

    in puppim rediere rates,

    Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:

    sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,

    to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:

    se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,

    Liv. 21, 42, 2:

    quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,

    Tac. A. 11, 6:

    haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:

    Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,

    Liv. 28, 28; so,

    datae in praesidium cohortes,

    Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:

    haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,

    id. Att. 2, 22:

    qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:

    in utramque partem disputat,

    on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:

    facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,

    id. Off. 2, 13, 46:

    cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,

    in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:

    miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,

    id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:

    senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,

    Liv. 5, 15, 4;

    also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,

    Sall. C. 12, 3:

    perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:

    judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,

    id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:

    senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,

    Liv. 30, 43, 9:

    pax data Philippo in has leges est,

    id. 33, 30:

    Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:

    quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,

    Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,

    id. Font. 5, 9:

    extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,

    a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:

    Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,

    id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:

    Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),

    Tac. A. 2, 67.—
    2.
    Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:

    non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:

    neglegentior in patrem,

    Just. 32, 3, 1:

    in quem omnes intenderat curas,

    Curt. 3, 1, 21:

    quos ardere in proelia vidi,

    Verg. A. 2, 347:

    in bellum ardentes,

    Manil. 4, 220:

    nutante in fugam exercitu,

    Flor. 3, 10, 4:

    in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),

    Liv. 21, 43, 7:

    certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,

    id. 21, 45, 4:

    in id sors dejecta,

    id. 21, 42, 2:

    in id fide accepta,

    id. 28, 17, 9:

    in spem pacis solutis animis,

    id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:

    ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,

    Hor. Epod. 17, 63:

    nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 16, 3:

    alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?

    Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:

    in obsequium plus aequo pronus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:

    paratus in res novas,

    Tac. H. 4, 32:

    in utrumque paratus,

    Verg. A. 2, 61.—
    3.
    Of the result of an act or effort:

    denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,

    Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:

    portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,

    id. ib. 3, 533:

    populum in obsequia principum formavit,

    Just. 3, 2, 9:

    omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,

    Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:

    commutari ex veris in falsa,

    Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:

    in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,

    Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
    4.
    Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;

    Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,

    Liv. 39, 26, 12:

    pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,

    id. 28, 21, 4:

    quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,

    id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:

    oratio habita in sexus honorem,

    Quint. 1, 1, 6:

    convivium in honorem victoriae,

    id. 11, 2, 12:

    in honorem Quadratillae,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:

    in honorem tuum,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
    5.
    In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;

    opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:

    si in rem est Bacchidis,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:

    hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,

    Liv. 26, 44, 7:

    cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,

    id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:

    in rem fore credens universos adpellare,

    Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:

    in duas res magnas id usui fore,

    Liv. 37, 15, 7:

    in hos usus,

    Verg. A. 4, 647.—
    6.
    To form adverbial expressions:

    non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,

    in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:

    terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,

    Tac. G. 5:

    in universum aestimanti, etc.,

    id. ib. 6:

    aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),

    wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:

    in plenum dici potest, etc.,

    fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:

    Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,

    beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:

    aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,

    for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:

    in deterius,

    Tac. A. 14, 43:

    in mollius,

    id. ib. 14, 39:

    quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),

    Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:

    aucto in barbarum cognomento,

    id. H. 5, 2:

    priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,

    while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:

    nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,

    so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:

    in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,

    Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:

    quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:

    viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,

    Vell. 2, 43, 4:

    quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,

    Ov. M. 11, 71:

    meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,

    in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:

    ut simul in omnia paremur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 25:

    in antecessum dare,

    beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
    7.
    Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:

    quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:

    ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,

    Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:

    eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 17:

    neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,

    Quint. 6, 2, 29:

    numero mihi in mentem fuit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:

    ecquid in mentem est tibi?

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:

    nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,

    Suet. Aug. 16:

    quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,

    Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:

    M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,

    put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:

    reliquos in custodiam habitos,

    Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:

    pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
    III.
    In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
    2.
    in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in

  • 90 out

    (to allow to come in, go out: Let me in!; I let the dog out.) dejar entrar/salir
    out adv
    1. fuera
    they're out in the garden están fuera, en el jardín
    my father is in, but my mother has gone out mi padre está en casa, pero mi madre ha salido
    2. apagado
    3. en voz alta
    tr[aʊt]
    1 (outside) fuera, afuera
    ■ could you wait out there? ¿podrías esperar allí fuera?
    ■ is it cold out? ¿hace frío en la calle?
    ■ get out! ¡fuera!
    3 (not in) fuera
    ■ there's no answer, they must be out no contestan, deben de haber salido
    ■ shall we eat out? ¿comemos fuera?
    7 (available, existing) diferentes traducciones
    ■ when will her new book be out? ¿cuándo saldrá su nuevo libro?
    9 (flowers) en flor; (sun, stars, etc) que ha salido
    ■ the sun's out ha salido el sol, brilla el sol, hace sol
    10 (protruding) que se sale
    ■ don't put your tongue out! ¡no saques la lengua!
    11 (clearly, loudly) en voz alta
    12 (to the end) hasta el final; (completely) completamente, totalmente
    13 SMALLRADIO/SMALL (end of message) fuera
    1 (extinguished) apagado,-a
    2 (unconscious) inconsciente; (asleep) dormido,-a
    ■ the boxer knocked his opponent out el boxeador dejó K.O. a su contrincante
    3 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (defeated) eliminado,-a; (out of play) fuera
    ■ he's out! ¡lo han eliminado!
    4 (wrong, not accurate) equivocado,-a
    ■ my calculation was out by £5 mi cálculo tenía un error de 5 libras
    5 (not fashionable) pasado,-a de moda
    6 (out of order) estropeado,-a
    7 (unacceptable) prohibido,-a
    8 (on strike) en huelga
    9 (tide) bajo,-a
    10 (over, finished) acabado,-a
    1 (away from, no longer in) fuera de
    ■ out of print agotado,-a
    5 (without) sin
    ■ we're out of tea se nos ha acabado el té, nos hemos quedado sin té
    ■ he's out of work está parado, está sin trabajo
    7 (using, made from) de
    ■ made out of wood hecho,-a de madera
    8 (from) de
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    out of favour en desgracia
    out of sight, out of mind ojos que no ven, corazón que no siente
    out of sorts indispuesto,-a
    out of this world extraordinario,-a
    out with it! ¡dilo ya!, ¡suéltalo ya!
    to feel out of it sentirse excluido,-a
    to be out and about (from illness) estar recuperado,-a
    to be out of one's head / be out of one's mind estar loco,-a
    to be out to lunch SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL estar loco,-a
    to be out to do something estar decidido,-a a hacer algo
    out tray bandeja de salidas
    out ['aʊt] vi
    : revelarse, hacerse conocido
    out adv
    she opened the door and looked out: abrió la puerta y miró para afuera
    to eat out: comer afuera
    they let the secret out: sacaron el secreto a la luz
    his money ran out: se le acabó el dinero
    to turn out the light: apagar la luz
    5) outside: fuera, afuera
    out in the garden: afuera en el jardín
    6) aloud: en voz alta, en alto
    to cry out: gritar
    out adj
    1) external: externo, exterior
    2) outlying: alejado, distante
    the out islands: las islas distantes
    3) absent: ausente
    4) unfashionable: fuera de moda
    5) extinguished: apagado
    out prep
    I looked out the window: miré por la ventana
    she ran out the door: corrió por la puerta
    adj.
    • fuera adj.
    adv.
    • afuera adv.
    • fuera adv.
    prep.
    • allá en prep.

    I aʊt
    2)
    a) ( outside) fuera, afuera (esp AmL)

    is the cat in or out? — ¿el gato está (a)dentro or (a)fuera?

    all the books on Dickens are out — todos los libros sobre Dickens están prestados; see also out of

    b) (not at home, work)

    he's out to o at lunch — ha salido a comer

    to eat o (frml) dine out — cenar/comer fuera or (esp AmL) afuera

    out and about: you must get out and about more — tienes que salir más; see also go out

    3) ( removed)
    4)
    a) (indicating movement, direction)

    out — salida

    b) (outstretched, projecting)

    arms out, legs together — brazos extendidos, piernas juntas

    ten miles out — ( Naut) a diez millas de la costa

    6)
    a) (ejected, dismissed)
    b) (from hospital, jail)

    out for: Lewis was out for revenge Lewis quería vengarse; out to + inf: she's out to beat the record está decidida a batir el récord; they're only out to make money su único objetivo es hacer dinero; they're out to get you! — andan tras de ti!, van a por ti! (Esp); see also out of

    8)
    a) (displayed, not put away)

    are the plates out yet? — ¿están puestos ya los platos?

    b) ( in blossom) en flor
    c) ( shining)
    9)
    a) (revealed, in the open)

    once the news was out, she left the country — en cuanto se supo la noticia, se fue del país

    out with it! who stole the documents? — dilo ya! ¿quién robó los documentos?

    b) (published, produced)

    a report out today points out that... — un informe publicado hoy señala que...

    c) ( in existence) (colloq)
    10) (clearly, loudly)

    he said it out loud — lo dijo en voz alta; see also call, cry, speak out


    II

    to be out — \<\<fire/light/pipe\>\> estar* apagado

    b) ( unconscious) inconsciente, sin conocimiento

    after five vodkas she was out cold — con cinco vodkas, quedó fuera de combate (fam)

    a) ( at an end)

    before the month/year is out — antes de que acabe el mes/año

    b) ( out of fashion) pasado de moda; see also go out 7) a)
    c) ( out of the question) (colloq)

    smoking in the bedrooms is absolutely out — ni hablar de fumar en los dormitorios (fam), está terminantemente prohibido fumar en los dormitorios

    3) ( Sport)

    to be out — <batter/batsman> quedar out or fuera; < team> quedar eliminado; see also out of 3)

    b) ( outside limit) (pred) fuera

    it was out — cayó or fue fuera

    4) ( inaccurate) (pred)

    you're way o a long way o miles out — andas muy lejos or muy errado

    5) (without, out of) (colloq) (pred)

    coffee? sorry, I'm completely out — ¿café? lo siento, no me queda ni gota (fam); see also out of 6)

    6) < homosexual> declarado

    III

    he looked out the window — miró (hacia afuera) por la ventana; see also out of 1)


    IV
    1)
    a) ( in baseball) out m, hombre m fuera
    b) ( escape) (AmE colloq) escapatoria f
    2) outs pl (AmE)
    a)

    to be on the outs with somebody — estar* enemistado con alguien


    V
    transitive verb revelar la homosexualidad de
    [aʊt]
    1. ADV
    When out is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg go out, put out, walk out, look up the verb.
    1) (=not in) fuera, afuera

    it's cold out — fuera or afuera hace frío

    they're out in the garden — están fuera or afuera en el jardín

    to be out — (=not at home) no estar (en casa)

    Mr Green is out — el señor Green no está or (LAm) no se encuentra

    • to be out and about again — estar bien otra vez (después de una enfermedad)

    • to have a day out — pasar un día fuera de casa

    • out you go! — ¡fuera!

    • it's cold out here — hace frío aquí fuera

    • the journey out — el viaje de ida

    • to have a night out — salir por la noche (a divertirse); (drinking) salir de juerga or (LAm) de parranda

    • to run out — salir corriendo

    • it's dark out there — está oscuro ahí fuera

    • the tide is out — la marea está baja

    • out with him! — ¡fuera con él!, ¡que le echen fuera!

    second I, 3., 3)
    2) (=on strike)

    she's out in Kuwait — se fue a Kuwait, está en Kuwait

    three days out from Plymouth — (Naut) a tres días de Plymouth

    4)

    • to be out, when the sun is out — cuando brilla el sol

    • to come out, when the sun comes out — cuando sale el sol

    5) (=in existence) que hay, que ha habido

    when will the magazine be out? — ¿cuándo sale la revista?

    the book is out — se ha publicado el libro, ha salido el libro

    6) (=in the open) conocido(-a), fuera

    • your secret's out — tu secreto se ha descubierto or ha salido a la luz

    • out with it! — ¡desembucha!, ¡suéltalo ya!, ¡suelta la lengua! (LAm)

    7) (=to or at an end) terminado(-a)
    8) [lamp, fire, gas] apagado(-a)

    "lights out at ten pm" — "se apagan las luces a las diez"

    9) (=not in fashion) pasado(-a) de moda

    long dresses are out — ya no se llevan los vestidos largos, los vestidos largos están pasados de moda

    10) (=not in power)
    11) (Sport) [player] fuera de juego; [boxer] fuera de combate; [loser] eliminado(-a)

    that's it, Liverpool are out — ya está, Liverpool queda eliminado

    you're out — (in games) quedas eliminado

    out! — ¡fuera!

    12) (indicating error) equivocado(-a)

    your watch is five minutes out — su reloj lleva cinco minutos de atraso/de adelanto

    13) (indicating loudness, clearness) en voz alta, en alto

    speak out (loud)! — ¡habla en voz alta or fuerte!

    right 2., 1), straight 2., 1)

    he's out for all he can get — busca sus propios fines, anda detrás de lo suyo

    15)

    to be out — (=unconscious) estar inconsciente; (=drunk) estar completamente borracho; (=asleep) estar durmiendo como un tronco

    I was out for some minutes — estuve inconsciente durante varios minutos, estuve varios minutos sin conocimiento

    16)
    17) (=worn through)
    18)

    out of —

    When out of is part of a set combination, eg out of danger, out of proportion, out of sight, look up the other word.
    a) (=outside, beyond) fuera de

    • to go out of the house — salir de la casa

    • to look out of the window — mirar por la ventana

    • to throw sth out of a window — tirar algo por una ventana

    • to turn sb out of the house — echar a algn de la casa

    • we're well out of it * — de buena nos hemos librado

    - feel out of it
    danger 1., proportion 1., 1), range 1., 5), season 1., 2), sight 1., 2)
    b) (cause, motive) por

    • out of curiosity — por curiosidad

    • out of respect for you — por el respeto que te tengo

    • to do sth out of sympathy — hacer algo por compasión

    necessity, spite
    c) (origin) de

    • to copy sth out of a book — copiar algo de un libro

    • to drink sth out of a cup — beber algo de una taza

    • to take sth out of a drawer — sacar algo de un cajón

    • a box made out of wood — una caja (hecha) de madera

    • it was like something out of a nightmare — era como de una pesadilla

    • a chapter out of a novel — un capítulo de una novela

    d) (=from among) de cada
    e) (=without) sin

    it's out of stock — (Comm) está agotado

    to be out of hearts — (Cards) tener fallo a corazones

    breath 1., 1)
    f) (Vet)

    Blue Ribbon, by Black Rum out of Grenada — el caballo Blue Ribbon, hijo de Black Rum y de la yegua Grenada

    2.
    3.
    VT (=expose as homosexual) revelar la homosexualidad de
    4.
    VI
    * * *

    I [aʊt]
    2)
    a) ( outside) fuera, afuera (esp AmL)

    is the cat in or out? — ¿el gato está (a)dentro or (a)fuera?

    all the books on Dickens are out — todos los libros sobre Dickens están prestados; see also out of

    b) (not at home, work)

    he's out to o at lunch — ha salido a comer

    to eat o (frml) dine out — cenar/comer fuera or (esp AmL) afuera

    out and about: you must get out and about more — tienes que salir más; see also go out

    3) ( removed)
    4)
    a) (indicating movement, direction)

    out — salida

    b) (outstretched, projecting)

    arms out, legs together — brazos extendidos, piernas juntas

    ten miles out — ( Naut) a diez millas de la costa

    6)
    a) (ejected, dismissed)
    b) (from hospital, jail)

    out for: Lewis was out for revenge Lewis quería vengarse; out to + inf: she's out to beat the record está decidida a batir el récord; they're only out to make money su único objetivo es hacer dinero; they're out to get you! — andan tras de ti!, van a por ti! (Esp); see also out of

    8)
    a) (displayed, not put away)

    are the plates out yet? — ¿están puestos ya los platos?

    b) ( in blossom) en flor
    c) ( shining)
    9)
    a) (revealed, in the open)

    once the news was out, she left the country — en cuanto se supo la noticia, se fue del país

    out with it! who stole the documents? — dilo ya! ¿quién robó los documentos?

    b) (published, produced)

    a report out today points out that... — un informe publicado hoy señala que...

    c) ( in existence) (colloq)
    10) (clearly, loudly)

    he said it out loud — lo dijo en voz alta; see also call, cry, speak out


    II

    to be out — \<\<fire/light/pipe\>\> estar* apagado

    b) ( unconscious) inconsciente, sin conocimiento

    after five vodkas she was out cold — con cinco vodkas, quedó fuera de combate (fam)

    a) ( at an end)

    before the month/year is out — antes de que acabe el mes/año

    b) ( out of fashion) pasado de moda; see also go out 7) a)
    c) ( out of the question) (colloq)

    smoking in the bedrooms is absolutely out — ni hablar de fumar en los dormitorios (fam), está terminantemente prohibido fumar en los dormitorios

    3) ( Sport)

    to be out — <batter/batsman> quedar out or fuera; < team> quedar eliminado; see also out of 3)

    b) ( outside limit) (pred) fuera

    it was out — cayó or fue fuera

    4) ( inaccurate) (pred)

    you're way o a long way o miles out — andas muy lejos or muy errado

    5) (without, out of) (colloq) (pred)

    coffee? sorry, I'm completely out — ¿café? lo siento, no me queda ni gota (fam); see also out of 6)

    6) < homosexual> declarado

    III

    he looked out the window — miró (hacia afuera) por la ventana; see also out of 1)


    IV
    1)
    a) ( in baseball) out m, hombre m fuera
    b) ( escape) (AmE colloq) escapatoria f
    2) outs pl (AmE)
    a)

    to be on the outs with somebody — estar* enemistado con alguien


    V
    transitive verb revelar la homosexualidad de

    English-spanish dictionary > out

  • 91 fahren

    das Fahren
    driving
    * * *
    fah|ren ['faːrən] pret fuhr [fuːɐ] ptp gefahren [gə'faːrən]
    1. INTRANSITIVES VERB
    1) = sich fortbewegen (aux sein) (Fahrzeug, Fahrgast) to go; (Autofahrer) to drive; (Zweiradfahrer) to ride; (Schiff) to sail; (Kran, Kamera, Rolltreppe etc) to move

    mit dem Rad fahren — to cycle, to go by bike

    mit dem Motorrad/Taxi fahren — to go by motorbike/taxi

    mit dem Aufzug fahren — to take the lift, to ride or take the elevator (US)

    ich fuhr mit dem Fahrrad/Auto in die Stadt — I cycled/drove into town, I went into town on my bike/in the car

    wir sind mit dem Auto gekommen, und meine Frau ist gefahren — we came by car and my wife drove

    links/rechts fahren — to drive on the left/right

    wie lange fährt man von hier nach Basel? — how long does it take to get to Basle from here?

    ich fahre mit dem Auto nach Schweden — I'm taking the car to Sweden, I'm going to Sweden by car

    mein Chor fährt nächstes Jahr wieder nach Schottland — next year my choir is going to Scotland again

    wie fährt man von hier zum Bahnhof? — how do you get to the station from here?

    wie fährt man am schnellsten zum Bahnhof? — what is the quickest way to the station?

    die Lok fährt elektrisch/mit Dampf — the engine is powered by electricity/is steam-driven

    der Wagen fährt sehr ruhig — the car is very quiet

    2) = losfahren (aux sein) (Verkehrsmittel, Fahrer, Mitfahrer) to go, to leave

    wann fährt der nächste Bus nach Bamberg? — when does the next bus to Bamberg go or leave?

    wann fährst du morgen nach Glasgow? fährst du früh? — when are you leaving for Glasgow tomorrow? are you leaving early in the morning?

    einen fahren lassen (inf) — to let off (inf)

    3)

    = verkehren (aux sein) es fahren täglich zwei Fähren — there are two ferries a day

    fahren Sie bis Walterplatz? — do you go as far as Walterplatz?

    der Bus fährt alle fünf Minuten — there's a bus every five minutes

    4)

    = rasen, schießen (aux sein) es fuhr ihm durch den Kopf, dass... — the thought flashed through his mind that...

    was ist ( denn) in dich gefahren? — what's got into you?

    die Katze fuhr ihm ins Gesicht — the cat leapt or sprang at his face

    5)

    = zurechtkommen (aux sein) (mit jdm) gut fahren — to get on well (with sb)

    mit etw gut fahren — to be OK with sth (inf)

    mit ihm sind wir gut/schlecht gefahren — we made a good/bad choice when we picked him

    mit diesem teuren Modell fahren Sie immer gut — you'll always be OK with this expensive model (inf)

    (bei etw) gut/schlecht fahren — to do well/badly (with sth)

    du fährst besser, wenn... — you would do better if...

    6)

    = streichen (aux sein or haben) er fuhr mit der Hand/einem Tuch über den Tisch — he ran his hand/a cloth over the table

    jdm/sich durchs Haar fahren — to run one's fingers through sb's/one's hair

    mit der Hand über die Stirn fahren — to pass one's hand over one's brow

    7) FILM (aux haben) (= eine Kamerafahrt machen) to track
    2. TRANSITIVES VERB
    1) = lenken (aux haben) Auto, Bus, Zug etc to drive; Fahrrad, Motorrad to ride

    schrottreif or zu Schrott fahren (durch Unfall) — to write off; (durch Verschleiß) to drive into the ground

    2) = benutzen: Straße, Strecke etc (aux sein) to take

    welche Strecke fährt die Linie 59? — which way does the number 59 go?

    einen Umweg fahren — to go a long way round, to go out of one's way

    eine so gebirgige Strecke darfst du im Winter nicht ohne Schneeketten fahren — you shouldn't drive such a mountainous route in winter without snow chains

    3) = benutzen: Kraftstoff etc (aux haben) to use; Reifen to drive on
    4) = befördern (aux haben) to take; (= hierherfahren) to bring; Personen to drive, to take

    die Spedition fährt Fisch von der Nordsee nach Nürnberg — the haulage firm transports or takes fish from the North Sea to Nuremberg

    5) Geschwindigkeit (aux sein) to do

    er fuhr über 80 km/h — he did over 80 km/h, he drove at over 80 km/h

    6) SPORT (aux haben or sein) Rennen to take part in; Runde etc to do; Zeit, Rekord etc to clock up
    7) TECH (aux haben) (= steuern, betreiben) to run; (= senden) to broadcast; (= durchführen) Überstunden to do, to work; Angriff to launch

    eine Sonderschicht fahren — to put on an extra shift

    3. REFLEXIVES VERB

    diams; sich gut fahren mit diesem Wagen fährt es sich gut — it's good driving this car

    bei solchem Wetter/auf dieser Straße fährt es sich gut — it's good driving in that kind of weather/on this road

    der neue Wagen fährt sich gut —

    * * *
    1) (to control or guide (a car etc): Do you want to drive (the car), or shall I?) drive
    2) (to take, bring etc in a car: My mother is driving me to the airport.) drive
    3) (to travel by car: We motored down to my mother's house at the weekend.) motor
    4) (to sail in a particular direction: We put out to sea; The ship put into harbour for repairs.) put
    5) (to travel in a car etc: We were rolling along merrily when a tyre burst.) roll
    6) (to travel or be carried (in a car, train etc or on a bicycle, horse etc): He rides to work every day on an old bicycle; The horsemen rode past.) ride
    7) (to (be able to) ride on and control (a horse, bicycle etc): Can you ride a bicycle?) ride
    8) (to move smoothly: Trains run on rails.) run
    9) (to drive (someone); to give (someone) a lift: He ran me to the station.) run
    10) (to go from place to place; to journey: I travelled to Scotland by train; He has to travel a long way to school.) travel
    * * *
    fah·ren
    [ˈfa:rən]
    1.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (sich fortbewegen: als Fahrgast) to go
    mit dem Bus/der Straßenbahn/dem Taxi/dem Zug \fahren to go by bus/tram/taxi/train
    erster/zweiter Klasse \fahren to travel [or go] first/second class; (als Fahrer) to drive
    zur Arbeit \fahren to drive to work; (mit dem Fahrrad) to cycle to work
    mit dem Auto \fahren to drive, to go by car
    mit dem [Fahr]rad/Motorrad fahren to cycle/motorcycle, to go by bike/motorcycle
    links/rechts \fahren to drive on the left/right
    gegen einen Baum/eine Wand \fahren to drive [or go] into a tree/wall
    wie fährt man von hier am besten zum Bahnhof? what's the best way to the station from here?
    wer fährt? who's driving?
    \fahren Sie nach Heidelberg/zum Flughafen? are you going to Heidelberg/to the airport?
    \fahren wir oder laufen wir? shall we go by car/bus etc. or walk?
    wie lange fährt man von hier nach München? how long does it take to get to Munich from here?; (auf Karussell, Achterbahn)
    ich will nochmal \fahren! I want to have another ride!
    fahr doch bitte langsamer! please slow down!
    sie fährt gut she's a good driver
    ich fahre lieber auf der Autobahn I prefer to drive on the motorway
    mein Auto fährt nicht my car won't go
    heutzutage \fahren alle Bahnen elektrisch all railways are electrified these days
    die Rolltreppe fährt bis in den obersten Stock the escalator goes up to the top floor; s.a. Teufel
    2.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (losfahren) to go, to leave
    wir \fahren in 5 Minuten we'll be going [or leaving] in 5 minutes
    wann fährst du morgen früh? when are you leaving tomorrow morning?
    3.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (verkehren) to run
    wann fährt der nächste Zug nach Berlin? when is the next train to Berlin?
    der nächste Bus fährt [erst] in 20 Minuten the next bus [only] leaves in twenty minutes
    die Bahn fährt alle 20 Minuten the train runs [or goes] every 20 minutes
    von Lübeck nach Travemünde \fahren täglich drei Busse there are three busses a day from Lübeck to Travemünde
    diese Fähre fährt zwischen Ostende und Dover this ferry runs between Ostend and Dover
    auf der Strecke Berlin-Bremen fährt ein ICE a high speed train runs between Berlin and Bremen
    dieser Bus fährt nur bis Hegelplatz this bus only goes as far as Hegelplatz
    der Intercity 501 fährt heute nur bis Köln the intercity 501 will only run as far as Cologne today
    4.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (reisen)
    in [den] Urlaub \fahren to go on holiday
    ins Wochenende \fahren to leave for the weekend; (tatsächlich wegfahren) to go away for the weekend
    fährst du mit dem Auto nach Italien? are you taking the car to Italy?, are you going to Italy by car?
    fahrt ihr nächstes Jahr wieder nach Norwegen? are you going to Norway again next year?
    5.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (bestimmtes Fahrverhalten haben)
    dieser Wagen fährt sehr schnell this car can go very fast, this car is a real goer fam
    das Auto hier fährt sehr ruhig this car is a very quiet runner
    6.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (blitzschnell bewegen)
    aus dem Bett \fahren to leap out of bed
    in die Höhe \fahren to jump up with a start
    jdm an die Kehle fahren Hund to leap at sb's throat
    in die Kleider \fahren to dress hastily
    aus dem Schlaf \fahren to wake with a start
    blitzartig fuhr es ihm durch den Kopf, dass... the thought suddenly flashed through his mind that...
    diese Idee fuhr mir durch den Kopf, als ich die Bilder sah that idea came to me when I saw the pictures
    der Schreck fuhr ihr durch alle Glieder the shock made her tremble all over
    was ist denn in dich gefahren? what's got into you?
    es fuhr mir in den Rücken suddenly I felt a stabbing pain in my back
    der Blitz fuhr in den Baum the lightning struck the tree; s.a. Mund, Haut
    7.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein o haben (streichen, wischen)
    sich dat mit der Hand über die Stirn \fahren to pass one's hand over one's brow
    sie fuhr mit dem Tuch über den Tisch she ran the cloth over the table
    sie fuhr sich mit der Hand durchs Haar she run her fingers through her hair
    8.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (zurechtkommen)
    [mit etw dat] gut/schlecht \fahren to do well/badly [with sth]
    mit dieser Methode sind wir immer gut gefahren this method has always worked well for us
    mit jdm gut \fahren to get on all right with sb, to fare well with sb
    mit jdm schlecht \fahren to not fare [or get on] very well with sb
    1.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben (lenken)
    ▪ etw \fahren to drive sth
    ein Auto \fahren to drive a car
    ein Fahrrad/Motorrad \fahren to ride a bicycle/motorbike
    wer von Ihnen hat das Auto gefahren? who drove?
    sie fährt einen roten Jaguar she drives a red Jaguar
    2.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (sich mit etw fortbewegen)
    ▪ etw \fahren to drive sth
    Auto \fahren to drive [a car]
    Bus \fahren to ride on a bus
    Fahrrad/Motorrad \fahren to ride a bicycle/motorbike
    Schlitten \fahren to go tobogganing
    Ski \fahren to ski
    Zug \fahren to go on a train
    3.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben (verwenden)
    ▪ etw \fahren Kraftstoff to use sth
    ich fahre nur Diesel I only use diesel
    fährst du noch immer Sommerreifen? are you still using [or driving on] normal tyres
    4.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben (befördern, mitnehmen)
    ▪ jdn \fahren to take [or drive] sb
    jdn ins Krankenhaus \fahren to take sb to hospital
    ich fahre noch schnell die Kinder in die Schule I'll just take the kids to school
    ich fahr' dich nach Hause I'll take [or drive] you home, I'll give you a lift home
    ▪ etw \fahren Sand, Mist, Waren to take [or transport] sth
    5.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein (eine Strecke zurücklegen)
    Autobahn \fahren to drive on a motorway BRIT [or AM freeway]
    eine Umleitung \fahren to follow a diversion
    einen Umweg \fahren to make a detour
    der 84er fährt jetzt eine andere Strecke the 84 takes a different route now
    diese Strecke darf man nur mit Schneeketten \fahren you need snow chains to drive on this route
    6.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    90 km/h \fahren to be doing 90 km/h
    hier darf man nur 30 km/h \fahren the speed limit here is 30 km/h
    dieser Wagen hier fährt 240 km/h this car will do 240 km/h
    was/wie viel fährt der Wagen denn Spitze? what's the car's top speed?
    7.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: sein o haben SPORT
    ein Rennen \fahren to take part in a race
    die beste Zeit \fahren to do [or clock] the best time
    mit nur 4 Stunden fuhr er Bestzeit his time of only four hours was the best
    die Rennfahrerin fuhr einen neuen Weltrekord the racing driver set a new world record
    die Wagen \fahren jetzt die achte Runde the cars are now on the eighth lap
    8.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben TECH
    ▪ etw \fahren to operate sth
    einen Hochofen \fahren to control a blast furnace
    9.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben (fachspr sl: ablaufen lassen)
    ein Angebot/Sortiment nach oben/unten \fahren to increase/reduce an offer/a product range
    die Produktion mit 50 % \fahren to run production at 50%
    die Produktion nach oben/unten \fahren to step up/cut down production
    ein neues Programm \fahren to start [or launch] a new programme [or AM -gram
    10.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben (sl: arbeiten)
    eine Sonderschicht in der Fabrik \fahren to put on an extra shift at the factory
    Überstunden \fahren to do overtime
    11.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben RADIO
    ▪ etw \fahren to broadcast sth
    12.
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben (kaputt machen)
    eine Beule in etw akk \fahren to dent sth
    13.
    ▶ einen harten Kurs \fahren to take a hard line
    ▶ einen \fahren lassen (fam) to let [one] off fam
    <fährt, fuhr, gefahren>
    Hilfsverb: haben
    dieser Wagen/dieses Fahrrad fährt sich gut [o mit diesem Wagen/Fahrrad fährt es sich gut] it's nice to drive this car/to ride this bicycle
    bei solch einem Wetter fährt es sich herrlich it's wonderful to drive in that kind of weather
    mit einer Servolenkung fährt es sich viel leichter it's much easier to drive with power steering
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein
    1) (als Fahrzeuglenker) drive; (mit dem Fahrrad, Motorrad usw.) ride

    mit dem Auto fahren — drive; (herfahren auch) come by car; (hinfahren auch) go by car

    mit dem Fahrrad/Motorrad fahren — cycle/motorcycle; come/go by bicycle/motorcycle

    mit 80 km/h fahren — drive/ride at 80 k.p.h.

    links/rechts fahren — drive on the left/right; (abbiegen) bear or turn left/right

    langsam fahren — drive/ride slowly

    2) (mit dem Auto usw. als Mitfahrer; mit öffentlichen Verkehrsmitteln usw./als Fahrgast) go ( mit by); (mit dem Aufzug/der Rolltreppe/der Seilbahn/dem Skilift) take the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator/escalator/cable-car/ski lift; (mit der Achterbahn, dem Karussell usw.) ride (auf + Dat. on); (per Anhalter) hitch-hike

    erster/zweiter Klasse/zum halben Preis fahren — travel or go first/second class/at half-price

    ich fahre nicht gern [im] Auto/Bus — I don't like travelling in cars/buses

    3) (reisen) go
    4) (losfahren) go; leave
    5) < motor vehicle, train, lift, cable-car> go; < ship> sail

    der Aufzug fährt heute nicht — the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator is out of service today

    der Bus fährt alle fünf Minuten/bis Goetheplatz — the bus runs or goes every five minutes/goes to Goetheplatz

    von München nach Passau fährt ein D-Zug — there's a fast train from Munich to Passau

    mit Diesel/Benzin fahren — run on diesel/petrol (Brit.) or (Amer.) gasoline

    mit Dampf/Atomkraft fahren — be steam-powered/atomicpowered

    8) (schnelle Bewegungen ausführen)

    in die Höhe fahren — jump up [with a start]

    sich (Dat.) mit der Hand durchs Haar fahren — run one's fingers through one's hair

    was ist denn in dich gefahren? — (fig.) what's got into you?

    der Schreck fuhr ihm in die Glieder — (fig.) the shock went right through him

    jemandem über den Mund fahren — (fig.) shut somebody up

    aus der Haut fahren — (ugs.) blow one's top (coll.)

    etwas fahren lassen — (loslassen) let something go; (fig.): (aufgeben) abandon something

    gut/schlecht mit jemandem/einer Sache fahren — get on well/badly with somebody/something

    2.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) (fortbewegen) drive <car, lorry, train, etc.>; ride <bicycle, motorcycle>

    Auto/Motorrad/Roller fahren — drive [a car]/ride a motorcycle/scooter

    Bahn/Bus usw. fahren: go by train/bus — etc.

    Kahn od. Boot/Kanu fahren — go boating/canoeing

    Rollschuh fahren — [roller-]skate

    Schlittschuh fahren — [ice-]skate

    Aufzug/Rolltreppe fahren — take the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator/use the escalator

    Sessellift fahren — ride in a/the chairlift

    U-Bahn fahren — ride on the underground (Brit.) or (Amer.) subway

    2) mit sein ([als Strecke] zurücklegen) drive; (mit dem Motorrad, Fahrrad) ride; take < curve>

    einen Umweg/eine Umleitung fahren — make a detour/follow a diversion

    3) (befördern) drive, take < person>; take < thing>; < vehicle> take; <ship, lorry, etc.> carry < goods>; (zum Sprecher) drive, bring < person>; bring < thing>; < vehicle> bring

    80 km/h fahren — do 80 k.p.h.

    hier muss man 50 km/h fahren — you've got to keep to 50 k.p.h. here

    1:23:45/eine gute Zeit fahren — do or clock 1.23.45/a good time

    7)

    ein Auto schrottreif fahren — write off a car; (durch lange Beanspruchung) run or drive a car into the ground

    8) (als Treibstoff benutzen) use < diesel, regular>
    3.
    1)

    sich gut fahren — < car> handle well, be easy to drive

    in dem Wagen/mit dem Zug fährt es sich bequem — the car gives a comfortable ride/it is comfortable travelling by train

    * * *
    fahren; fährt, fuhr, gefahren
    A. v/i (ist)
    1. Person: (auch reisen) go (
    mit by); längere Strecke: travel (by); auf Schiff: sail;
    mit dem Aufzug/Bus etc
    fahren auch take the lift (US elevator)/a ( oder the) bus etc;
    ich fahre öffentlich (mit öffentlichen Verkehrsmitteln) I use ( oder go by) public transport (US transportation);
    fahr rechts (bleib rechts) keep to the right; (bieg rechts ab) turn right;
    an den Straßenrand fahren pull over to the side of the road;
    nach Köln fährt man sieben Stunden mit dem Auto: it’s a seven-hour drive to Cologne; mit dem Zug: it’s a seven-hour train journey to Cologne, it’s seven hours on the train to Cologne;
    langsamer/schneller fahren slow down/accelerate;
    über einen Fluss/Platz etc
    fahren cross a river/square etc;
    ich will noch mal fahren auf Karussell etc: I want another ride
    2. (abfahren) leave, go;
    wir fahren in fünf Minuten we’re leaving in five minutes
    3. (in Fahrt sein) be moving; → fahrend B 1
    4. selbst lenkend: drive; auf Fahrrad, Motorrad: ride;
    sie fährt gut/schlecht she’s a good/bad driver
    5. (verkehren) run;
    das Boot/der Zug fährt zweimal am Tag the boat/train goes twice a day, there are two sailings/two trains a day
    6. AUTO etc (funktionieren) go, run;
    /fährt wieder (ist repariert) the car isn’t going ( oder won’t go)/is going again;
    das Auto fährt ruhig the car is quiet(-running);
    mit Benzin/Diesel fahren Fahrzeug: run on petrol (US gas)/diesel; Person: have a petrol-(US gas)/diesel-engine car;
    mit Strom fahren be driven by electric power;
    mit Dampf fahren be steam-driven
    7.
    durch/über etwas (akk)
    fahren run one’s hand etc through/over sth
    8.
    in etwas (akk)
    fahren Kugel, Messer etc: go into sth; Blitz: hit ( oder strike) sth;
    in die Kleider fahren slip into ( oder slip on) one’s clothes;
    aus dem Bett/in die Höhe fahren jump ( oder leap) out of bed/in the air;
    der Hund fuhr ihm an die Kehle the dog leapt at his throat; → Himmel, Hölle etc
    9.
    fahren lassen fig give up ( oder abandon) all hope;
    einen fahren lassen umg let one go, fart vulg
    10. BERGB:
    in die Grube/aus der Grube fahren go down the pit/coe up out of the pit
    11. fig:
    gut/schlecht mit oder
    bei etwas fahren do well/badly out of sth;
    er ist sehr gut/schlecht damit gefahren he did very well/badly out of it;
    was ist nur in ihn gefahren? what’s got into him?;
    mir fuhr der Gedanke durch den Kopf, dass … it suddenly occurred to me that …;
    der Schreck fuhr ihm in die Glieder he froze with terror; → Haut, Mund etc
    B. v/t
    1. (hat) (lenken, besitzen) drive; (Fahrrad, Motorrad) ride;
    er hat das Auto gegen den Zaun gefahren he drove the car into the fence;
    ein Auto zu Schrott fahren drive a car into the ground; bei einem Unfall: write a car off, US total a car;
    ein Schiff auf Grund fahren run a ship aground;
    jemanden über den Haufen fahren umg knock sb down, run sb over
    2. (hat) (befördern) take, drive; (Güter) auch transport; → spazieren
    3. (ist) (Aufzug, Skilift) ride in; (Karussell, U-Bahn etc) ride on; (Segelboot) sail; (Ruderboot) row;
    Boot fahren go boating;
    Rad fahren cycle;
    Roller fahren scooter; (Motorroller) ride a scooter;
    Rollschuh fahren roller-skate;
    Schlitten fahren (rodeln) toboggan; (Pferdeschlitten) ride in a sledge (US sleigh);
    4. (hat oder ist) (Strecke) cover, travel; (Kurve, anderen Weg etc) take; (Umleitung) follow; (Rennen) take part in;
    einen Umweg fahren make a detour;
    sie fuhren eine andere Strecke they took a different route;
    Kurven fahren weave about (US back and forth);
    Slalom fahren do a slalom
    5. (hat oder ist) (Zeit) record, clock; (Rekord) set;
    wir fuhren gerade 100 km/h, als … we were doing 62 mph when …;
    das Auto fährt 200 km/h (leistet) the car will do ( oder can reach) 124 mph
    6. (hat) (Normal, Super) use, run on
    7. TECH (Hochofen) operate; IT (Programm) run
    C. v/r (hat):
    dieser Wagen fährt sich gut this car is pleasant to drive ( oder handles well); unpers:
    auf dieser Straße fährt es sich gut this is a good road to drive on
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein
    1) (als Fahrzeuglenker) drive; (mit dem Fahrrad, Motorrad usw.) ride

    mit dem Auto fahren — drive; (herfahren auch) come by car; (hinfahren auch) go by car

    mit dem Fahrrad/Motorrad fahren — cycle/motorcycle; come/go by bicycle/motorcycle

    mit 80 km/h fahren — drive/ride at 80 k.p.h.

    links/rechts fahren — drive on the left/right; (abbiegen) bear or turn left/right

    langsam fahren — drive/ride slowly

    2) (mit dem Auto usw. als Mitfahrer; mit öffentlichen Verkehrsmitteln usw./als Fahrgast) go ( mit by); (mit dem Aufzug/der Rolltreppe/der Seilbahn/dem Skilift) take the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator/escalator/cable-car/ski lift; (mit der Achterbahn, dem Karussell usw.) ride (auf + Dat. on); (per Anhalter) hitch-hike

    erster/zweiter Klasse/zum halben Preis fahren — travel or go first/second class/at half-price

    ich fahre nicht gern [im] Auto/Bus — I don't like travelling in cars/buses

    3) (reisen) go
    4) (losfahren) go; leave
    5) <motor vehicle, train, lift, cable-car> go; < ship> sail

    der Aufzug fährt heute nicht — the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator is out of service today

    der Bus fährt alle fünf Minuten/bis Goetheplatz — the bus runs or goes every five minutes/goes to Goetheplatz

    mit Diesel/Benzin fahren — run on diesel/petrol (Brit.) or (Amer.) gasoline

    mit Dampf/Atomkraft fahren — be steam-powered/atomicpowered

    in die Höhe fahren — jump up [with a start]

    sich (Dat.) mit der Hand durchs Haar fahren — run one's fingers through one's hair

    was ist denn in dich gefahren? — (fig.) what's got into you?

    der Schreck fuhr ihm in die Glieder — (fig.) the shock went right through him

    jemandem über den Mund fahren — (fig.) shut somebody up

    aus der Haut fahren — (ugs.) blow one's top (coll.)

    etwas fahren lassen — (loslassen) let something go; (fig.): (aufgeben) abandon something

    gut/schlecht mit jemandem/einer Sache fahren — get on well/badly with somebody/something

    2.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) (fortbewegen) drive <car, lorry, train, etc.>; ride <bicycle, motorcycle>

    Auto/Motorrad/Roller fahren — drive [a car]/ride a motorcycle/scooter

    Bahn/Bus usw. fahren: go by train/bus — etc.

    Kahn od. Boot/Kanu fahren — go boating/canoeing

    Rollschuh fahren — [roller-]skate

    Schlittschuh fahren — [ice-]skate

    Aufzug/Rolltreppe fahren — take the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator/use the escalator

    Sessellift fahren — ride in a/the chairlift

    U-Bahn fahren — ride on the underground (Brit.) or (Amer.) subway

    2) mit sein ([als Strecke] zurücklegen) drive; (mit dem Motorrad, Fahrrad) ride; take < curve>

    einen Umweg/eine Umleitung fahren — make a detour/follow a diversion

    3) (befördern) drive, take < person>; take < thing>; < vehicle> take; <ship, lorry, etc.> carry < goods>; (zum Sprecher) drive, bring < person>; bring < thing>; < vehicle> bring

    80 km/h fahren — do 80 k.p.h.

    hier muss man 50 km/h fahren — you've got to keep to 50 k.p.h. here

    1:23:45/eine gute Zeit fahren — do or clock 1.23.45/a good time

    7)

    ein Auto schrottreif fahren — write off a car; (durch lange Beanspruchung) run or drive a car into the ground

    8) (als Treibstoff benutzen) use <diesel, regular>
    3.
    1)

    sich gut fahren — < car> handle well, be easy to drive

    in dem Wagen/mit dem Zug fährt es sich bequem — the car gives a comfortable ride/it is comfortable travelling by train

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: fuhr, ist/hat gefahren)
    = to drive v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: drove, driven)
    to navigate v.
    to ply between expr.
    to ride v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: rode, ridden)

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > fahren

  • 92 take

    1. [teık] n
    1. 1) захват, взятие; получение
    2) шахм. взятие ( фигуры)
    2. 1) сл. выручка, барыши; сбор ( театральный)
    2) получка
    3. 1) улов ( рыбы)
    2) добыча ( на охоте)
    4. 1) аренда ( земли)
    2) арендованный участок
    5. разг. популярная песенка, пьеса
    6. мед. проф. хорошо принявшаяся прививка
    7. полигр. «урок» наборщика
    8. кино снятый кадр, кинокадр, дубль
    9. мед. пересадка ( кожи)
    10. запись (на пленку и т. п.)

    ♢ give and take - а) взаимные уступки, компромисс; б) обмен любезностями; обмен шутками, колкостями, пикировка

    on the take - корыстный, продажный

    2. [teık] v (took; taken)
    I
    1. брать; хватать

    to take a pencil [a sheet of paper, a spade] - взять карандаш [лист бумаги, лопату]

    to take smth. in one's hand - взять что-л. в руку

    to take smb.'s hand, to take smb. by the hand - взять кого-л. за руку

    to take smb. in one's arms - а) брать кого-л. на руки; б) обнимать кого-л.

    to take smb.'s arm - взять кого-л. под руку

    to take smth. in one's arms - взять что-л. в руки; схватить что-л. руками

    to take smb. to one's arms /to one's breast/ - обнимать кого-л., прижимать кого-л. к груди

    to take smb. by the shoulders - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за плечи

    to take smb. by the throat - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за горло /за глотку/

    to take smth. between one's finger and thumb - взять что-л. двумя пальцами

    to take smth. (up) with a pair of tongs - взять что-л. щипцами

    to take smth. on one's back - взвалить что-л. на спину

    take a sheet of paper from /out of/ the drawer - возьми лист бумаги из ящика стола

    take your bag off the table - снимите /уберите, возьмите/ сумку со стола

    take this table out of the room - уберите /вынесите/ этот стол из комнаты

    2. 1) захватывать; овладевать, завоёвывать

    to take a fortress [a town] (by storm) - брать крепость [город] (штурмом)

    to take prisoners - захватывать /брать/ пленных

    he was taken prisoner - его взяли /он попал/ в плен

    he was taken in the street - его взяли /арестовали/ на улице

    2) ловить

    a rabbit taken in a trap - заяц, попавшийся в капкан

    he managed to take the ball (off the bat) - ему удалось поймать мяч (с биты)

    to take smb. in the act - застать кого-л. на месте преступления

    to take smb. by surprise /off his guard, unawares/ - захватить /застигнуть/ кого-л. врасплох

    to take smb. at his word - поймать кого-л. на слове

    3) разг. овладевать ( женщиной), брать ( женщину)
    4) уносить, сводить в могилу

    pneumonia took him - воспаление лёгких свело его в могилу, он умер от воспаления лёгких

    3. 1) присваивать, брать (без разрешения)

    who has taken my pen? - кто взял мою ручку?

    he takes whatever he can lay his hands on - он пользуется (всем), чем только может, он берёт всё, что под руку подвернётся

    he is always taking other people's ideas - он всегда использует /присваивает себе/ чужие мысли, он всегда пользуется чужими мыслями

    2) (from) отбирать, забирать

    they took his dog from him - они у него забрали /отобрали/ собаку

    4. 1) пользоваться; получать; приобретать

    to take a taxi - брать такси [см. тж. II А 2]

    to take one's part - взять свою часть /долю/ [ср. тж. III А 2)]

    to take a quotation from Shakespeare [from a book] - воспользоваться цитатой из Шекспира [из книги], взять цитату из Шекспира [из книги]

    to take a holiday - а) взять отпуск; when are you taking your holiday? - когда ты идёшь в отпуск?; б) отдыхать; you must take a holiday - вам надо отдохнуть; I am taking a holiday today - я сегодня отдыхаю /не работаю/; сегодня у меня свободный день

    he lived in my house and took my care and nursing - он жил у меня и принимал мои заботы и уход (как должное)

    2) выбирать

    he took the largest piece of cake - он взял себе самый большой кусок пирога

    to take any means to do smth. - использовать любые средства, чтобы сделать что-л.

    which route shall you take? - какой дорогой вы пойдёте /поедете/?

    she is old enough to take her own way - она достаточно взрослая, чтобы самой выбрать свой собственный путь

    3) покупать

    I take bread here - я покупаю /беру/ хлеб здесь

    you will take - 2 lbs. - купишь /возьмёшь/ два фунта (чего-л.)

    I shall take it for $3 - я возьму /куплю/ это за три доллара

    4) выигрывать; брать, бить

    to take a bishop - взять /побить/ слона ( в шахматах)

    he took little by that move - этот ход /шаг/ мало помог /мало что дал/ ему

    5) юр. вступать во владение, наследовать

    according to the will he will take when of age - согласно завещанию он вступит во владение (имуществом) по достижении совершеннолетия

    5. 1) доставать, добывать

    to take the crop - убирать /собирать/ урожай

    2) взимать, собирать; добиваться уплаты

    to take contributions to the Red Cross - собирать пожертвования в пользу Красного Креста

    3) получать, зарабатывать
    6. 1) принимать (что-л.); соглашаться (на что-л.)

    to take an offer [presents] - принимать предложение [подарки]

    to take £50 for the picture - взять /согласиться на/ пятьдесят фунтов за картину

    how much less will you take? - на сколько вы сбавите цену?, сколько вы уступите?

    take what he offers you - возьми /прими/ то, что он тебе предлагает

    I'll take it - ладно, я согласен

    I will take no denial - отказа я не приму; не вздумайте отказываться

    to take smb.'s orders - слушаться кого-л., подчиняться кому-л.

    I am not taking orders from you - я вам не подчиняюсь, я не буду выполнять ваши приказы; ≅ вы мне не указчик

    to take a wager /a bet/ - идти на пари

    to take a dare /a challenge/ - принимать вызов

    2) получать

    take that (and that)! - получай!, вот тебе!

    7. воспринимать, реагировать

    to take smth. coolly [lightly] - относиться к чему-л. спокойно /хладнокровно/ [несерьёзно /беспечно/]

    to take smth. to heart - принимать что-л. (близко) к сердцу

    I wonder how he will take it - интересно, как он к этому отнесётся

    I can't take him [his words] seriously - я не могу принимать его [его слова] всерьёз, я не могу серьёзно относиться к нему [к его словам]

    he took the joke in earnest - он не понял шутки, он принял шутку всерьёз

    he is really kind-hearted if you take him the right way - он, в сущности, добрый человек, если (конечно) правильно его воспринимать

    this is no way to take his behaviour - на его поведение нужно реагировать не так

    take it easy! - а) не волнуйся!; б) смотри на вещи проще!; в) не усердствуй чрезмерно!

    to take things as they are /as one finds them, as they come/ - принимать вещи такими, какие они есть

    to take smth. amiss /ill, in bad part/ - обижаться на что-л.

    you must not take it ill of him - вы не должны сердиться на него; он не хотел вас обидеть

    to take kindly to smb. - дружески /тепло/ отнестись к кому-л. принять участие в ком-л.

    he took kindly to the young author - он принял участие в начинающем писателе, он «пригрел» начинающего писателя

    to take smth. kindly - благожелательно /доброжелательно/ отнестись к чему-л.

    I should take it kindly if you would answer my letter - я буду вам очень благодарен, если вы ответите на моё письмо

    8. 1) понимать; толковать

    I take your meaning - я вас понимаю, я понимаю, что вы хотите сказать

    I [don't] take you - уст. я вас [не] понимаю, я [не] понимаю, что вы хотите сказать

    how did you take his remark? - как вы поняли его замечание?

    to take smb. in the wrong way - неправильно понять кого-л.

    your words may be taken in a bad sense - ваши слова можно истолковать дурно /превратно/

    2) полагать, считать; заключать

    to take the news to be true /as true/ - считать эти сведения верными /соответствующими действительности/

    what time do you take it to be? - как вы думаете /как по-вашему/, сколько сейчас времени?

    how old do you take him to be? - сколько лет вы ему дадите?

    I take it that we are to wait here [to come early] - надо полагать /я так понимаю/, что мы должны ждать здесь [прийти рано]

    let us take it that it is so - предположим, что это так

    3) верить; считать истинным

    (you may) take it from me that he means what he says - поверьте мне, он не шутит /к тому, что он говорит, надо отнестись серьёзно/

    take it from me!, take my word for it - можете мне поверить; уж я-то знаю!, можете не сомневаться!

    we must take it at that - ничего не поделаешь, приходится верить

    9. охватывать, овладевать

    his conscience takes him when he is sober - когда он трезв, его мучают угрызения совести

    what has taken the boy? - что нашло на мальчика?

    he was taken with a fit of coughing [of laughter] - на него напал приступ кашля [смеха]

    to be taken ill /bad/ - заболеть

    10. 1) захватывать, увлекать; нравиться

    to take smb.'s fancy - а) поразить чьё-л. воображение; the story took my fancy - рассказ поразил моё воображение; б) понравиться; her new novel took the fancy of the public - её новый роман понравился читателям

    I was not taken with him - он мне не понравился, он не произвёл на меня (большого) впечатления

    he was very much taken with the idea - он очень увлёкся этой мыслью, он был весь во власти этой идеи

    2) иметь успех, становиться популярным (тж. take on)

    the play didn't take (with the public) - пьеса не имела успеха (у публики)

    11. записывать, регистрировать, протоколировать

    to take dictation - а) писать под диктовку; б) писать диктант

    12. 1) снимать, фотографировать

    to take a photograph of a tower - сфотографировать башню, сделать снимок башни

    he liked to take animals - он любил фотографировать /снимать/ животных

    2) выходить, получаться на фотографии

    he does not take well, he takes badly - он плохо выходит /получается/ на фотографии; он нефотогеничен

    13. использовать в качестве примера

    take the French Revolution - возьмите /возьмём/ (например) Французскую революцию

    take me for example - возьмите меня, например

    14. вмешать

    this car takes only five - в этой машине может поместиться только пять человек

    the typewriter takes large sizes of paper - в эту (пишущую) машинку входит бумага большого формата

    15. 1) требовать; отнимать

    it takes time, means and skill - на это нужно время, средства и умение

    the stuff takes sixty hours in burning - это вещество сгорает за шестьдесят часов

    how long will it take you to translate this article? - сколько времени уйдёт у вас на перевод этой статьи?

    it took him three years to write the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 2)]

    this trip will take a lot of money - на эту поездку уйдёт /потребуется/ много денег

    it takes some pluck to do our work - для нашей работы требуется немало мужества

    it took four men to hold him - потребовалось четыре человека, чтобы его удержать

    it would take volumes to relate - нужны тома, чтобы это рассказать

    it takes a lot of doing - разг. это сделать довольно трудно, это не так-то просто сделать

    the work took some doing - работа потребовала усилий, работа попалась нелёгкая

    it took some finding [explaining] - разг. это было трудно найти /разыскать/ [объяснить]

    he has everything it takes to be a pilot - у него есть все (необходимые) качества (для того), чтобы стать лётчиком

    she's got what it takes - разг. она очень привлекательна, она нравится мужчинам

    2) требовать, нуждаться

    he took two hours to get there - ему потребовалось два часа, чтобы добраться туда; дорога туда отняла у него два часа

    wait for me, I won't take long - подожди меня, я скоро освобожусь

    he took three years to write /in writing/ the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 1)]

    a plural noun takes a plural verb - существительное во множественном числе требует глагола /употребляется с глаголом/ во множественном числе

    16. (in, on) цепляться (за что-л.); застревать, запутываться (в чём-л.)
    17. жениться; выходить замуж

    she wouldn't take him - она не хотела выходить за него замуж, она ему упорно отказывала

    he took to wife Jane Smith - уст. он взял в жёны Джейн Смит

    18. с.-х. принимать

    the cow [the mare] took the bull [the stallion] - корова [кобыла] приняла быка [жеребца]

    19. 1) приниматься

    before the graft has taken - до тех пор, пока прививка не принялась

    2) действовать; приниматься

    the vaccination did not take - оспа не привилась /не принялась/

    the medicine seems to be taking - лекарство, кажется, подействовало

    3) держаться, закрепляться, оставаться

    this ink does not take on glossy paper - этими чернилами нельзя писать на глянцевой бумаге

    20. начинаться, расходиться, набирать силу
    21. 1) амер. схватываться, замерзать
    2) тех. твердеть, схватываться
    22. разг. становиться, делаться

    to take sick - заболеть, захворать; приболеть

    II А
    1. 1) принимать (пищу, лекарство)

    to take an early breakfast [dinner] - рано позавтракать [пообедать]

    will you take tea or coffee? - вы будете пить чай или кофе?

    do you take sugar in your tea? - вы пьёте чай с сахаром?

    I cannot take whiskey - я не могу пить /не выношу/ виски

    he can't take his drink - разг. он не умеет пить

    he can take his drink - разг. у него крепкая голова, он может много выпить

    that's all he ever takes - это всё, что он ест

    to take medicine [pills, sleeping powders] - принимать лекарство [пилюли, снотворное]

    I must take smth. for my headache - мне нужно принять что-л. от головной боли

    to be taken - принимать внутрь, для внутреннего употребления ( надпись на этикетке лекарства)

    2) нюхать ( табак)
    3) клевать, брать ( приманку)

    the fish doesn't take (the bait /the hook/) - рыба не клюёт

    2. ездить (на автобусе, такси и т. п.)

    to take a tram [a taxi] - поехать на трамвае [на такси] [см. тж. I 4, 1)]

    3. 1) снимать, арендовать ( помещение)

    they've taken the large hall for the conference - они сняли большой зал для конференции

    2) нанимать, приглашать (рабочих и т. п.)

    to take smb. as a servant - взять кого-л. в качестве слуги

    he took me into partnership - он сделал меня своим компаньоном, он принял /пригласил/ меня в долю

    he has been taken into the Air Ministry - его взяли /приняли на работу/ в министерство авиации

    3) брать (постояльцев и т. п.)

    to take pupils [lodgers] - брать учеников [постояльцев]

    4. выписывать или регулярно покупать (газеты и т. п.); подписываться (на газету и т. п.)

    which magazines and newspapers do you take? - какие журналы и газеты вы выписываете?

    5. 1) принимать (руководство, обязанности и т. п.); нести (ответственность и т. п.)

    to take control - брать в свои руки руководство /управление/

    to take charge of smb., smth. - взять на себя заботу о ком-л., чём-л.; осуществлять контроль /надзор/ за кем-л., чем-л.

    when I go away she is to take charge of the children - когда я уеду, она будет заботиться о детях

    I don't want to take the blame for what he did - я не хочу отвечать за то, что сделал он; ≅ он виноват, пусть он и отвечает /расхлёбывает/

    I shall take it upon myself to convince him - я беру /возьму/ на себя (задачу) убедить его

    2) вступать (в должность и т. п.)
    3) получать (степень и т. п.)

    to take a degree - получить учёную степень, стать магистром или доктором наук

    to take holy orders - принять духовный сан, стать священником

    6. занимать ( место)

    to take a front [a back] seat - садиться спереди [сзади] [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    take a seat! - садитесь!

    take the chair - садитесь /сядьте/ на (этот) стул [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    7. держаться, двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)

    to take (a little) to the right - брать /держаться/ (немного) правее

    take this street until you come to the big yellow house, then take the first street to the right, go another 100 yards and take the turning on the left - идите по этой улице до большого жёлтого дома, затем сверните в первую улицу направо, пройдите ещё сто ярдов и сверните (за угол) налево

    8. занимать ( позицию); придерживаться (мнения, точки зрения и т. п.)

    to take the attitude of an outsider - занять позицию (стороннего) наблюдателя

    if you take this attitude we shall not come to an agreement - если вы так будете к этому относиться, мы не договоримся /не придём к соглашению/

    to take a strong stand - решительно настаивать на своём, упорно отстаивать свою точку зрения; занять жёсткую позицию

    to take a jaundiced view - отнестись к чему-л. предвзято /предубеждённо, пристрастно/

    to take a practical view of the situation - смотреть на дело /положение/ практически /с практической точки зрения/; трезво смотреть на ситуацию

    9. 1) приобретать, принимать (вид, форму и т. п.)

    a pudding takes its shape from the mould - пудинг принимает форму посуды (в которой он пёкся)

    the word takes a new meaning in this text - в этом тексте слово приобретает новое значение

    this drink takes its flavour from the lemon peel - лимонная корочка придаёт этому напитку особый вкус /привкус/

    2) получать, наследовать (имя, название и т. п.)

    the city of Washington takes its name from George Washington - город Вашингтон назван в честь Джорджа Вашингтона

    this apparatus takes ifs name from the inventor - этот аппарат назван по имени изобретателя

    10. 1) преодолевать (препятствие и т. п.)

    to take a hurdle [a grade] - брать барьер [подъём]

    the horse took the ditch [the fence] - лошадь перепрыгнула через канаву [забор]

    the car took the corner at full speed - машина свернула за угол на полной скорости

    2) выигрывать, побеждать, одерживать верх (в спортивном состязании и т. п.)

    the visiting team took the game 8 to 1 - команда гостей выиграла встречу со счётом 8:1

    3) выигрывать, завоёвывать, брать (приз и т. п.); занимать ( определённое место)

    to take (the) first prize - завоевать /получить/ первую премию

    who took the first place? - кто занял первое место?

    4) поразить ( ворота в крикете)
    11. (into)
    1) посвящать (в тайну и т. п.)

    to take smb. into the secret - посвятить кого-л. в тайну

    to take smb. into one's confidence - оказать доверие /довериться/ кому-л.; поделиться с кем-л.; сделать кого-л. поверенным своих тайн

    we took him into the details - мы ознакомили его с подробностями; мы ввели его в курс дела

    2) принимать (в расчёт и т. п.)

    to take smth. into account /into consideration/ - принять что-л. во внимание, учесть что-л.

    12. 1) изучать (предмет, ремесло)

    I shall take French - я буду изучать французский язык, я буду заниматься французским

    you should take a course in physiology - вам следует заняться физиологией /прослушать курс физиологии/

    2) вести (занятия и т. п.)

    he always takes botany in the park - он всегда проводит занятия по ботанике в парке

    to take the evening service - церк. служить вечерню

    13. определять (размер, расстояние и т. п.); снимать ( показания приборов)

    to take the /a/ temperature - измерять температуру

    to take azimuth - засекать направление, брать азимут

    to take bearings - а) ориентироваться; уяснять обстановку; б) пеленговать

    14. носить, иметь размер (ноги и т. п.)

    what size do you take in shoes? - какой размер обуви вы носите?

    she takes sevens /a seven/ in gloves - она носит седьмой номер перчаток

    15. подвергаться (наказанию и т. п.); нести (потери, урон)

    to take a light [severe] punishment - воен. а) получить лёгкое [серьёзное] повреждение; б) нести незначительные [большие] потери

    to take a direct hit - воен. получить прямое попадание

    16. 1) выдерживать, переносить (неприятности, удары и т. п.)

    I don't know how he can take it - я не знаю, как он (это) выдерживает

    she takes the rough with the smooth - она стойко переносит превратности судьбы

    he always takes what comes to him - он всегда мирится с тем, что есть

    2) (take it) сл. выносить, терпеть

    he can dish it out but he can't take it - он может любого отделать /любому всыпать по первое число/, но сам такого обращения ни от кого не потерпит

    3) (take it) спорт. разг. держать ( удар)
    4) выдерживать (физические нагрузки; о балке и т. п.)
    17. заболеть; заразиться ( болезнью)
    18. поддаваться (отделке, обработке и т. п.)
    19. впитывать, поглощать ( жидкость)
    20. спорт. принимать (подачу, мяч и т. п.)
    II Б
    1. 1) to take to á place направляться куда-л.

    to take to the field - направиться в поле; выйти в поле [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    he took to the road again - он вновь вышел /вернулся/ на дорогу [см. тж. 4, 4)]

    the guerillas took to the mountains - партизаны ушли в горы /скрылись в горах/

    2) to take across smth. пересекать что-л., идти через что-л.
    3) it /smth./ takes somewhere диал. идти, течь и т. п. в каком-л. направлении (о дороге, реке и т. п.)
    2. to take smb., smth. to á place, to smb.
    1) доставлять, относить, отводить, отвозить кого-л., что-л. куда-л., к кому-л.

    to take smb. home - отвезти /отвести, проводить/ кого-л. домой

    may I take you home? - можно мне проводить вас (домой)?

    to take smb. to the hospital - доставить /отвезти/ кого-л. в больницу

    he was taken to the police station - его доставили /отвели/ в полицейский участок

    don't worry, I'll take the book to your father - не беспокойтесь, я отнесу книгу вашему отцу

    it was I who took the news to him - это /именно/ я сообщил ему эту новость

    the butler took the lawyer to the old lady - дворецкий провёл /проводил/ адвоката к старой даме

    2) приводить кого-л. куда-л.

    what took you to the city today? - что привело вас сегодня в город?

    business took him to London - он поехал в Лондон по делу, дела заставили его поехать в Лондон

    3) брать кого-л., что-л. (с собой) куда-л.

    why don't you take the manuscript to the country? - почему бы тебе не взять рукопись с собой в деревню?

    4) выводить, приводить кого-л. куда-л. (о дороге и т. п.)

    where will this road take me? - куда эта дорога выведет меня?

    3. to take smb. for smth. выводить кого-л. (на прогулку и т. п.)

    to take smb. for a ride - взять кого-л. (с собой) на прогулку ( на лошади или на автомобиле) [см. тж. ♢ ]

    4. to take to smth.
    1) пристраститься к чему-л.

    to take to drink /to drinking, to the bottle/ - пристраститься к вину, запить

    2) проявлять интерес, симпатию к чему-л.

    he didn't take to the idea - его эта идея не заинтересовала, ему эта идея не понравилась /не пришлась по вкусу/

    does he take to Latin? - он с удовольствием занимается латынью?

    I took to instant coffee - я полюбил быстрорастворимый кофе, быстрорастворимый кофе пришёлся мне по вкусу

    3) привыкать, приспосабливаться к чему-л.

    fruit trees take badly to the soil - фруктовые деревья плохо акклиматизируются на этой почве

    4) обращаться, прибегать к чему-л.

    the ship was sinking and they had to take to the boats - корабль тонул, и им пришлось воспользоваться лодками

    he took to the road again - он снова пустился в странствия, он вернулся к бродячему образу жизни [см. тж. 1, 1)]

    to take to one's bed - слечь, заболеть

    5) начинать заниматься чем-л.

    to take to literature - заняться литературой, стать писателем

    to take to the stage - поступить в театр, стать актёром

    5. 1) to take to smb. полюбить кого-л., почувствовать к кому-л. симпатию

    they have taken to each other - они понравились друг другу, они потянулись друг к другу

    2) to take against smb. выступать против кого-л.
    6. to take after smb.
    1) походить на кого-л.
    2) подражать

    his followers take after him in this particular - его сторонники следуют его примеру в этом отношении

    7. 1) to take smb., smth. for smb., smth. принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.

    I am not the person you take me for - я не тот, за кого вы меня принимаете

    do you take me for a fool? - вы принимаете меня за дурака?, вы считаете меня дураком?

    2) to take smb., smth. to be smb., smth. считать кого-л., что-л. кем-л., чем-л., принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.

    I took him to be an honest man - я принял его за честного человека; он мне показался честным человеком

    do you take me to be a fool? - вы считаете меня дураком?, вы принимаете меня за дурака?

    how old do you take him to be? - как по-вашему, сколько ему лет?

    8. to take smth., smb. off smth., smb.
    1) снимать что-л. с чего-л.

    to take the saucepan off the fire [the lid off the pan] - снять кастрюлю с огня [крышку с кастрюли]

    2) снимать, вычитать что-л. из чего-л.

    to take 3 shillings off the price of smth. - снизить цену на что-л. на три шиллинга

    3) заимствовать что-л. у кого-л., подражать, копировать; пародировать, передразнивать

    her hairdo was taken off a famous actress - причёску она взяла /заимствовала/ у одной известной актрисы

    she takes her manners off him - своими манерами /своим поведением/ она подражает ему

    4) отвлекать что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.

    to take smb.'s attention off smth. - отвлечь чьё-л. внимание от чего-л.

    to take smb.'s mind off smth. - отвлечь чьи-л. мысли от чего-л.

    I hope the child will take his mind off his troubles - я надеюсь, (что) ребёнок заставит его забыть неприятности

    to take one's mind off smth. - забыть что-л.

    I can't take my mind off this misfortune - я не могу забыть об этом несчастье

    he couldn't take his eyes off the picture - он не мог оторваться /отвести глаз/ от картины

    to take smb. off his work - отвлекать кого-л. от работы, мешать кому-л. работать

    5) избавлять что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.

    he took the responsibility [the blame] off me - он снял с меня ответственность [вину]

    he took him [the responsibility, all the worries] off my hands - он избавил меня от него [от ответственности, от всех хлопот]

    6) отстранять кого-л. от чего-л.

    to take smb. off the job - отстранить кого-л. от работы

    7) вычёркивать, изымать кого-л. из чего-л.

    to take smb. off the list - вычеркнуть /изъять/ кого-л. из списка

    to take a ship off the active list - вычеркнуть корабль из числа действующих

    8) сбивать кого-л. с чего-л.

    the waves took me off my feet - волны сбили меня с ног [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    9. 1) to take smth. from smth. вычитать что-л. из чего-л.

    if we take two from five we'll have tree left - если вычесть два из пяти, останется /в остатке будет/ три

    the storekeeper took a dollar from the price - лавочник сбавил цену на доллар

    2) to take from smth. снижать, ослаблять

    to take from the value of smth. - снижать ценность, стоимость чего-л.

    it doesn't take from the effect of the play - это не ослабляет впечатления, которое производит пьеса

    to take from the merit of smb. - умалять чьи-л. достоинства

    10. to take smth. out of smth.
    1) выносить что-л. откуда-л.

    books must not be taken out of the library - книги нельзя выносить из библиотеки

    2) вынимать что-л. откуда-л.
    3) отвлекать, развлекать кого-л.

    a drive in the country will take her out of herself - поездка за город развлечёт её /отвлечёт её от мрачных мыслей/

    4) устранять кого-л.

    to take smb. out of one's way - устранить кого-л. (со своего пути)

    11. to take smb. through smth.
    1) заставить кого-л. сделать что-л.

    I took him through a book of Livy - я заставил его прочесть (одну) книгу Ливия

    to take smb. through the first two books of English - прочитать с кем-л. первые две английские книги, помочь кому-л. справиться с двумя первыми английскими книгами

    2) заставить кого-л. пройти через что-л.; подвергнуть кого-л. чему-л.
    12. to take smth., smb. down smth. вести что-л., кого-л. вниз по чему-л.

    to take a little boat down the Mississippi - пройти /совершить путешествие/ на маленькой лодке вниз по Миссисипи

    13. to take smth. up to smth. доводить что-л. до какого-л. времени
    14. to take smb. over some place водить кого-л., показывать кому-л. что-л. (обыкн. помещение и т. п.)

    to take smb. over a house [a museum] - показывать кому-л. дом [музей], водить кого-л. по дому [по музею]

    15. to take smb. on /in, across, over/ smth. попадать кому-л. по какому-л. месту, ударять кого-л. по чему-л.

    the blow took me across the arm [over the head] - удар пришёлся мне по руке [по голове]

    16. to take upon oneself to do smth. браться за что-л., брать на себя выполнение чего-л.

    to take upon oneself to distribute food - взять на себя распределение продовольствия

    III А
    1) обыкн. в сочетании с последующим отглагольным существительным выражает единичный акт или кратковременное действие, соответствующее значению существительного:

    to take a walk - погулять; прогуляться, пройтись

    to take a turn - а) повернуть; б) прогуляться, пройтись; покататься, проехаться

    to take a step - шагнуть [ср. тж. 2)]

    to take a run - разбежаться [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    to take a jump /a leap/ - прыгнуть

    to take a nap - вздремнуть; соснуть

    to take a leak - сл. помочиться

    to take a look /a glance/ - взглянуть

    to take a shot - выстрелить [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    to take a risk /a chance/ - рискнуть

    to take (a) breath - а) вдохнуть; б) перевести дыхание; he stopped to take (a) breath - он остановился, чтобы перевести дыхание /передохнуть/

    to take (one's) leave - прощаться, уходить

    to take an examination - сдавать /держать/ экзамен

    to take an oath - а) дать клятву, поклясться; б) воен. принимать присягу

    2) обыкн. в сочетании с существительным выражает действие, носящее общий характер:

    to take action - а) действовать, принимать меры; I felt I had to take action - я чувствовал, что мне необходимо что-то сделать /начать действовать, принять меры/; б) юр. возбуждать судебное дело

    to take steps - принимать меры [ср. тж. 1)]

    what steps did you take to help them? - какие вы приняли меры /что вы предприняли/, чтобы помочь им?

    to take effect - а) возыметь, оказать действие; when the pills took effect - когда пилюли подействовали, б) вступить в силу; the law will take effect next year - закон вступит в силу с будущего года

    to take place - случаться, происходить

    to take part - участвовать, принимать участие [ср. тж. I 4, 1)]

    take post! - по местам!

    to take root - пустить корни, укорениться

    to take hold - а) схватить; he took hold of my arm - он схватил меня за руку; он ухватился за мою руку; б) овладевать; my plane had taken hold upon his fancy - мой план захватил его воображение; the fashion took hold - мода укоренилась

    to take possession - а) стать владельцем, вступить во владение; б) овладеть, захватить

    to take aim /sight/ - прицеливаться

    to take counsel - совещаться; советоваться

    to take advice - а) советоваться, консультироваться; б) следовать совету; take my advice - послушайтесь доброго совета; to take legal advice - брать консультацию у юриста

    to take account - принимать во внимание, учитывать

    you must take account of his illness - вы должны учитывать, что он был болен

    they took advantage of the old woman - они обманули /провели/ эту старую женщину

    to take the privilege - воспользоваться правом /привилегией/

    we take this opportunity of thanking /to thank/ you - мы пользуемся случаем, чтобы поблагодарить вас

    to take interest - интересоваться, проявлять интерес; увлекаться (чем-л.)

    to take pleasure /delight/ - находить удовольствие

    to take pity - проявлять жалость /милосердие/

    to take trouble - стараться, прилагать усилия; брать на себя труд

    she took great pains with her composition - она очень усердно работала над своим сочинением

    to take comfort - успокоиться, утешиться

    to take courage /heart/ - мужаться; воспрянуть духом; приободриться; не унывать

    take courage! - мужайся!, не робей!

    to take cover - прятаться; скрываться

    to take refuge /shelter/ - укрыться, найти убежище

    in his old age he took refuge from his loneliness in his childhood memories - в старости он спасался /находил убежище/ от одиночества в воспоминаниях детства

    to take fire - загораться, воспламеняться

    to take warning - остерегаться; внять предупреждению

    to take notice - замечать; обращать (своё) внимание

    to take heed - а) обращать внимание; замечать; б) быть осторожным, соблюдать осторожность

    to take care - быть осторожным; take care how you behave - смотри, веди себя осторожно

    to take care of smb., smth. - смотреть, присматривать за кем-л., чем-л., заботиться о ком-л., чём-л.

    who will take care of the baby? - кто позаботится о ребёнке?, кто присмотрит за ребёнком?

    to take a liking /a fancy/ to smb. - полюбить кого-л.

    to take a dislike to smb. - невзлюбить кого-л.

    to take the salute - воен. а) отвечать на отдание чести; б) принимать парад

    ♢

    take and - амер. диал. взять и

    I'll take and bounce a rock on your head - вот возьму и тресну тебя камнем по башке

    to take a drop - выпить, подвыпить

    to take (a drop /a glass/) too much - хватить /хлебнуть/ лишнего

    to take the chair - занять председательское место, председательствовать; открыть заседание [ср. тж. II А 6]

    to take the veil - облачиться в одежду монахини; уйти в монастырь

    to take the floor - а) выступать, брать слово; б) пойти танцевать

    to take for granted - считать само собой разумеющимся /не требующим доказательств/; принимать на веру

    to take too much for granted - быть слишком самонадеянным; позволять себе слишком много

    to take smth. to pieces - разобрать что-л.

    to take a stick to smb. - побить /отделать/ кого-л. палкой

    take it or leave it - на ваше усмотрение; как хотите, как угодно

    to take a turn for the better, to take a favourable turn - измениться к лучшему, пойти на лад

    to take a turn for the worse - измениться к худшему, ухудшиться

    to take stock (of smth., smb.) - [см. stock I ♢ ]

    to take it out of smb. - а) утомлять, лишать сил кого-л.; the long climb took it out of me - длинный подъём утомил меня; the heat takes it out of me - от жары я очень устаю жара лишает меня сил; the illness has taken it out of him - он обессилел от болезни; б) отомстить кому-л.; I will take it out of you /of your hide/ - я отомщу тебе за это; это тебе даром не пройдёт, ты мне за это заплатишь, так просто ты не отделаешься; я с тобой рассчитаюсь /расквитаюсь/; he will take it out of me /of my hide/ - он отыграется на мне, он мне отомстит за это

    to take smb.'s measure - а) снимать мерку с кого-л.; б) присматриваться к кому-л.; определять чей-л. характер; в) распознать /раскусить/ кого-л.

    to take sides - присоединиться /примкнуть/ к той или другой стороне

    to take smb.'s side /part/, to take sides /part/ with smb. - стать на /принять/ чью-л. сторону

    to take to one's heels - улизнуть, удрать, дать стрекача, пуститься наутёк

    to take one's hook - смотать удочки, дать тягу

    to take it on the lam - амер. сл. смываться, скрываться; улепётывать

    to take the cake /the biscuit, the bun/ - занять /выйти на/ первое место; получить приз

    it takes the cake! - это превосходит всё!, дальше идти некуда!

    to take off one's hat to smb. - восхищаться кем-л., преклоняться перед кем-л., снимать шляпу перед кем-л.

    to take a back seat - а) отойти на задний план, стушеваться; б) занимать скромное положение; [ср. тж. II А 6]

    to take a run at smth. - попытаться заняться чем-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]

    to take a shot /a swing/ at smth. /at doing smth./ - попытаться /рискнуть/ сделать что-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]

    to take liberties with smb. - позволять себе вольности по отношению к кому-л.; быть непозволительно фамильярным с кем-л.

    I am not taking any - ≅ слуга покорный!

    to take one's hair down - разойтись вовсю, разбушеваться

    to take smb. for a ride - прикончить /укокошить/ кого-л. [см. тж. II Б 3]

    to take the starch /the frills/ out of smb. - амер. сбить спесь с кого-л., осадить кого-л.

    to take smth. with a grain of salt - относиться к чему-л. скептически /недоверчиво, критически/

    to take the bit between the /one's/ teeth - закусить удила, пойти напролом

    to take to earth - а) охот. уходить в нору; б) спрятаться, притаиться

    to take a load from /off/ smb.'s mind - снять тяжесть с души у кого-л.

    you've taken a load off my mind - ты снял тяжесть с моей души; у меня от сердца отлегло

    to take a load from /off/ one's feet - сесть

    to take a leaf out of smb.'s book - следовать чьему-л. примеру, подражать кому-л.

    to take a rise out of smb. см. rise I 15

    to take in hand - а) взять в руки, прибрать к рукам; б) взять в свои руки; взяться, браться (за что-л.)

    to take smb. to task см. task I ♢

    to take smb. off his feet - вызвать чей-л. восторг; поразить /увлечь, потрясти/ кого-л. [ср. тж. II Б 8, 8)]

    to take smb. out of his way - доставлять кому-л. лишние хлопоты

    to take it into one's head - вбить /забрать/ себе в голову

    to take one's courage in both hands - набраться храбрости, собраться с духом

    to take exception to smth. - возражать /протестовать/ против чего-л.

    to take the name of God /the Lord's name/ in vain - богохульствовать, кощунствовать; упоминать имя господа всуе

    to take a /one's/ call, to take the curtain - театр. выходить на аплодисменты

    to take the field - а) воен. начинать боевые действия; выступать в поход; б) выйти на поле ( о футбольной команде); [ср. тж. II Б 1, 1)]

    to take in flank [in rear] - воен. атаковать с фланга [с тыла]

    to take out of action - воен. выводить из боя

    take your time! - не спеши(те)!, не торопи(те)сь!

    he took his time over the job - он делал работу медленно /не спеша/

    the devil take him! - чёрт бы его побрал!

    НБАРС > take

  • 93 beaufsichtigen

    v/t supervise; (Kind) look after, mind; (Häftlinge) supervise, have charge of; (Prüfung) invigilate, supervise; die Kinder bei i-n Hausaufgaben beaufsichtigen supervise the children’s homework; jemanden bei der Arbeit beaufsichtigen supervise ( oder keep an eye on umg.) s.o.’s work
    * * *
    to superintend; to oversee; to inspect; to overlook; to supervise
    * * *
    be|auf|sich|ti|gen [bə'|aufzIçtɪgn] ptp beaufsichtigt
    vt
    Arbeit, Bau to supervise; Klasse, Schüler, Häftlinge auch to keep under supervision; Kind to mind (Brit), to look after; Prüfung to invigilate at

    jdn bei einer Arbeit/beim Arbeiten beáúfsichtigen — to supervise sb's work/sb working

    staatlich beaufsichtigt — state-controlled, under state control

    * * *
    1) (to supervise closely: I have to stand over him to make him do his schoolwork.) stand over
    2) (to supervise: An adult should be present to superintend the children's activities.) superintend
    * * *
    be·auf·sich·ti·gen *
    [bəˈʔaufzɪçtɪgn̩]
    vt
    ▪ jdn/etw \beaufsichtigen to supervise sb/sth
    Kinder \beaufsichtigen to mind [or look after] children
    eine Prüfung \beaufsichtigen to invigilate [or AM proctor] an exam
    * * *
    transitives Verb supervise; mind, look after < child>
    * * *
    beaufsichtigen v/t supervise; (Kind) look after, mind; (Häftlinge) supervise, have charge of; (Prüfung) invigilate, supervise;
    die Kinder bei i-n Hausaufgaben beaufsichtigen supervise the children’s homework;
    jemanden bei der Arbeit beaufsichtigen supervise ( oder keep an eye on umg) sb’s work
    * * *
    transitives Verb supervise; mind, look after < child>
    * * *
    (Prüfung) v.
    to invigilate v. v.
    to oversee v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: oversaw, overseen)
    to proctor v.
    to superintend v.
    to supervise v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > beaufsichtigen

  • 94 senno

    m common sense
    uscire di senno lose one's mind
    ( arrabbiarsi) lose control
    * * *
    senno s.m. sense; judgement; wisdom: un uomo di senno, a man of sense (o of good judgement); non hai proprio senno!, you've got no sense at all! // essere fuori di senno, to be out of one's mind (o wits) // far tornare in senno qlcu., to bring s.o. to his senses // perdere il, uscir di senno, to lose one's wits (o to go mad) // tornare in senno, to come to one's senses // col senno di poi, with hindsight // del senno di poi son piene le fosse, (prov.) it's easy to be wise after the event.
    * * *
    ['senno]
    sostantivo maschile sense, judgement, mind

    perdere il o uscire di senno to lose one's wits, to take leave of one's senses; essere fuori di senno to be out of one's mind; col senno di poi — with (the benefit of) hindsight, with the wisdom of hindsight

    * * *
    senno
    /'senno/
    sostantivo m.
    sense, judgement, mind; perdere il o uscire di senno to lose one's wits, to take leave of one's senses; essere fuori di senno to be out of one's mind; col senno di poi with (the benefit of) hindsight, with the wisdom of hindsight.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > senno

  • 95 slip

    1. intransitive verb,
    - pp-
    1) (slide) rutschen; [Messer:] abrutschen; (and fall) ausrutschen
    2) (escape) schlüpfen

    let a chance/opportunity slip — sich (Dat.) eine Chance/Gelegenheit entgehen lassen

    let slip that... — verraten, dass...

    3) (go)

    slip to the butcher's — [rasch] zum Fleischer rüberspringen (ugs.)

    slip from the room — aus dem Zimmer schlüpfen

    4) (move smoothly) gleiten

    everything slipped into place — (fig.) alles fügte sich zusammen

    5) (make mistake) einen [Flüchtigkeits]fehler machen
    6) (deteriorate) nachlassen; [Moral, Niveau, Ansehen:] sinken
    2. transitive verb,
    - pp-
    2) (escape from) entwischen (+ Dat.)

    slip somebody's memory or mind — jemandem entfallen

    3) (release) loslassen
    3. noun

    after his slip — nachdem er ausgerutscht [und gestürzt] war

    2) (mistake) Versehen, das; Ausrutscher, der (ugs.)

    a slip of the tongue/pen — ein Versprecher/Schreibfehler

    3) (underwear) Unterrock, der
    4) (pillowcase) [Kopf]kissenbezug, der
    5) (strip)

    slip of metal/plastic — Metall-/Plastikstreifen, der

    6) (piece of paper) [Einzahlungs-, Wett]schein, der

    slip [of paper] — Zettel, der

    7)

    give somebody the slip — (escape) jemandem entwischen (ugs.); (avoid) jemandem ausweichen

    8)
    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/120790/slip_across">slip across
    - slip away
    - slip back
    - slip behind
    - slip by
    - slip down
    - slip in
    - slip into
    - slip off
    - slip on
    - slip out
    - slip over
    - slip past
    - slip through
    - slip up
    * * *
    I 1. [slip] past tense, past participle - slipped; verb
    1) (to slide accidentally and lose one's balance or footing: I slipped and fell on the path.) ausrutschen
    2) (to slide, or drop, out of the right position or out of control: The plate slipped out of my grasp.) gleiten
    3) (to drop in standard: I'm sorry about my mistake - I must be slipping!) sich irren
    4) (to move quietly especially without being noticed: She slipped out of the room.) schlüpfen
    5) (to escape from: The dog had slipped its lead and disappeared.) abstreifen
    6) (to put or pass (something) with a quick, light movement: She slipped the letter back in its envelope.) gleiten lassen
    2. noun
    1) (an act of slipping: Her sprained ankle was a result of a slip on the path.) das Ausrutschen
    2) (a usually small mistake: Everyone makes the occasional slip.) der Flüchtigkeitsfehler
    3) (a kind of undergarment worn under a dress; a petticoat.) der Slip
    4) ((also slipway) a sloping platform next to water used for building and launching ships.) die Reling
    •
    - slipper
    - slippery
    - slipperiness
    - slip road
    - slipshod
    - give someone the slip
    - give the slip
    - let slip
    - slip into
    - slip off
    - slip on
    - slip up     II [slip] noun
    (a strip or narrow piece of paper: She wrote down his telephone number on a slip of paper.) der Streifen
    * * *
    [slɪp]
    I. n
    1. (fall) Ausrutscher m fam; of price, value Fall m
    to have a \slip ausrutschen und hinfallen
    2. (paper) Zettel m; (form) Formular nt; (receipt) Kassenzettel m; (galley proof) Druckfahne f; LAW (ship's insurance) Beleg über die beabsichtigte Seeversicherungspolice
    compliments \slip Kurzmitteilung f
    a \slip of paper ein Zettel m, ein Stück nt Papier
    paying-in [or deposit] \slip Einzahlungsformular nt
    3. (mistake) Flüchtigkeitsfehler m, Schnitzer m fam
    a \slip of the pen ein Schreibfehler m
    a \slip of the tongue ein Versprecher m
    to make a \slip einen Schnitzer machen fam
    4. (garment) Unterrock m
    5. HORT Ableger m
    a \slip of a girl eine halbe Portion von einem Mädchen pej fam
    a \slip of a thing ein schmales Ding
    7. (in cricket)
    ▪ the \slips pl Bereich schräg hinter dem Schlagmann
    8. AEROSP Slippen nt fachspr, Seitenrutsch m
    9. no pl (clay) [Mal-]Schlicker m fachspr
    10.
    ▶ to give sb the \slip ( fam) jdn abhängen fam
    ▶ there's many a \slip ['twixt cup and lip] ( prov) man soll den Tag nicht vor dem Abend loben prov
    II. vi
    <- pp->
    1. (slide) person ausrutschen; knife, hand abrutschen; tyres wegrutschen; clutch schleifen
    the CD \slipped out of his hand/through his fingers die CD ist ihm aus der Hand/durch die Finger gerutscht
    to \slip on the ice/in the mud auf dem Eis/im Schlamm ausrutschen
    ▪ to \slip off sth von etw dat abrutschen; (drop off) von etw dat herunter-/hinunterrutschen
    2. ( fig)
    everything seemed to \slip into place alles schien [plötzlich] zusammenzupassen
    to \slip into a coma ins Koma fallen
    to let sth \slip secret etw ausplaudern
    to let one's attention/concentration/guard \slip seine Aufmerksamkeit/Konzentration/Aufsicht schleifen lassen
    he let his guard \slip for just a moment er war nur für einen Moment unaufmerksam
    you can't afford to let your concentration \slip for a second man darf keine Sekunde lang unkonzentriert sein
    to let it \slip that... verraten, dass...
    3. (creep)
    to \slip out the door/into the house zur Tür hinausschleichen/ins Haus schleichen
    to \slip downstairs/upstairs die Treppe hinunter-/heraufschleichen
    to \slip through a gap durch ein Loch schlüpfen
    to \slip into a seat sich akk in einen Sitz drücken
    the song has \slipped [two places] to number 17 das Lied ist [um zwei Plätze] auf [die] Nummer 17 gefallen
    the country is \slipping into recession das Land driftet in die Rezession ab
    quality standards have \slipped die Qualitätsstandards haben nachgelassen
    5. (make mistake) person sich akk versprechen
    he \slipped and accidentally mentioned the surprise party ihm rutschte aus Versehen etwas über die Überraschungsparty heraus
    6. ( fam: slacken)
    ▪ to be \slipping:
    you're \slipping du bist nachlässig geworden, du lässt nach
    7. (adopt)
    ▪ to \slip into sth sich dat etw angewöhnen
    to \slip into a habit sich dat etwas angewöhnen
    to \slip into bad habits sich dat schlechte Gewohnheiten aneignen
    ▪ to \slip into sth in etw akk hineinschlüpfen
    ▪ to \slip out of sth etw ausziehen
    to \slip into something more comfortable in etwas Bequemeres schlüpfen
    9.
    ▶ to \slip through the net [or cracks] durch die Maschen schlüpfen
    ▶ to \slip through sb's fingers jdm entkommen
    ▶ to let sth \slip through one's fingers [or grasp] sich dat etw entgehen lassen
    ▶ to let sb \slip through one's fingers jdn entwischen lassen
    ▶ \slip, slop, slap AUS Rat eines Australiers: ziehen Sie sich ein T-Shirt an, cremen Sie sich mit einem Sonnenschutzmittel ein und setzen Sie sich einen Sonnenhut auf
    III. vt
    <- pp->
    ▪ to \slip sth somewhere:
    he \slipped his arm around her waist er legte seinen Arm um ihre Taille
    someone had \slipped a piece of paper between the pages jemand hatte ein Stück Papier zwischen die Seiten gelegt
    \slip the key through the letter box werfen Sie den Schlüssel in den Briefkasten
    she \slipped the key under the mat sie schob den Schlüssel unter die Matte
    she \slipped her hand into his sie nahm ihn verstohlen bei der Hand
    he \slipped the letter into his pocket er steckte den Brief in seine Tasche
    she \slipped a ten pound note into his hand sie drückte ihm eine Zehnpfundnote in die Hand
    to \slip sb money/a note jdm Geld/eine Nachricht zustecken
    ▪ to \slip sth sich akk aus etw dat befreien; chains, leash sich akk von etw dat befreien; ( fig)
    to \slip sb's attention jdm [o jds Aufmerksamkeit] entgehen
    sth \slips sb's mind [or memory] jd vergisst etw
    3. AUTO
    to \slip the car into gear den Gang schnell einlegen
    to \slip the clutch die Kupplung lösen
    4. NAUT
    to \slip anchor den Anker lichten
    5. MED
    to \slip a disk sich dat einen Bandscheibenschaden zuziehen
    to \slip a stitch abketten
    7.
    ▶ to \slip one over on sb ( dated fam) jdn reinlegen fam
    * * *
    [slɪp]
    1. n
    1)

    (= slide) she had a nasty slip — sie ist ausgerutscht und bös gefallen

    2) (= mistake) Ausrutscher m, Patzer m

    to make a (bad) slip — sich (übel) vertun (inf), einen (ganz schönen) Bock schießen (inf)

    it was just a slip of the pen —

    there's many a slip ( 'twixt cup and lip) (Prov) — man soll den Tag nicht vor dem Abend loben (Prov), zwischen Lipp und Kelchesrand (schwebt der finstern Mächte Hand) (liter)

    3) (= pillow slip) Kissenbezug m
    4) (= undergarment) Unterrock m
    5) (of paper) Zettel m
    6) (inf = person)
    7) (HORT for planting) Steckling m; (for grafting) Reis nt
    8) (CRICKET: position/area) Position/Gebiet neben dem Torwächter (= fielder) Eckmann m
    9) pl (THEAT) Bühnenloge f
    10) (POTTERY) geschlämmter Ton
    11) (AVIAT: side-slip) Schlipp m
    2. vt
    1) (= move smoothly) schieben; (= slide) gleiten or rutschen lassen

    to slip sth across to sb — jdm etw zuschieben; (unobtrusively) jdm etw zuschmuggeln

    2) (= escape from) sich losreißen von

    the boat had slipped its moorings —

    it/his birthday slipped my mind or memory — ich habe es/seinen Geburtstag vergessen or verschwitzt (inf)

    3) (= loose) losmachen
    4) (MED)

    to slip a disc — sich (dat) einen Bandscheibenschaden zuziehen

    5) (AUT) clutch schleifen lassen
    6)
    3. vi
    1) (= slide person) (aus)rutschen; (feet, tyres) (weg)rutschen; (= become loose knot, nut) sich lösen; (AUT clutch) schleifen

    it slipped from her hand — es rutschte ihr aus der Hand

    the police let the thief slip through their fingers — die Polizei ließ sich (dat) den Dieb in letzter Minute durch die Finger schlüpfen

    2) (= move quickly) schlüpfen; (= move smoothly) rutschen

    I'll slip round to the shop — ich spring schnell zum Laden

    3)

    to let ( it) slip that... — fallen lassen, dass...

    4) (= decline standards, morals etc) fallen
    * * *
    slip1 [slıp]
    A s
    1. (Aus)Gleiten n, (-)Rutschen n
    2. Fehltritt m (auch fig)
    3. Missgeschick n, Panne f:
    there’s many a slip ’twixt the cup and the lip (Sprichwort) man soll den Tag nicht vor dem Abend loben
    4. (Flüchtigkeits)Fehler m, Lapsus m, Schnitzer m umg:
    slip of the pen Lapsus Calami, Schreibfehler;
    slip of the tongue Lapsus Linguae, Versprecher m;
    it was a slip of the tongue ich habe mich (er hat sich etc) versprochen
    5. Fehler m, Fehlleistung f, Panne f
    6. Unterkleid n, -rock m
    7. (Kissen) Bezug m
    8. JAGD Koppel f, (Hunde)Leine f:
    give sb the slip fig jemandem entwischen
    9. SCHIFF Slip m, Schlipp m (schiefe Ebene für den Stapellauf)
    10. TECH Schlupf m (Nacheilen der Drehzahl)
    12. GEOL kleine Verwerfung, Erdrutsch m
    13. FLUG Slip m (Seitwärtsbewegung des Flugzeugs, um Höhe zu verlieren)
    B v/i
    1. gleiten, rutschen:
    slip from der Hand etc entgleiten;
    it slipped from my lips es ist mir herausgerutscht umg;
    let slip etwas verraten;
    he let slip a wrong word ihm entschlüpfte ein falsches Wort;
    let slip that … fallen lassen, dass …;
    let an opportunity slip (through one’s fingers) sich eine Gelegenheit entgehen lassen;
    slip into bad language in Obszönitäten abgleiten;
    the money slipped through her fingers das Geld zerrann ihr unter den Händen;
    slip into second place SPORT sich auf den zweiten Platz schieben; → mind A 2
    2. ausgleiten, -rutschen
    3. sich (hoch- etc)schieben, (ver)rutschen
    4. sich lösen (Knoten)
    5. schlüpfen ( into in ein Kleid etc; out of aus einem Kleid etc):
    slip through schlüpfen durch (a. fig)
    6. (einen) Fehler machen, sich vertun ( beide:
    on bei)
    7. umg nachlassen (Kräfte etc), nachgeben (Preise etc):
    he is slipping er lässt nach
    C v/t
    1. gleiten lassen, ( besonders heimlich) stecken oder tun ( alle:
    into in akk):
    slip sb sth jemandem etwas zustecken; → slip in B
    2. → slip off B, slip on
    3. ein Hundehalsband, auch eine Fessel etc abstreifen: → collar A 2
    4. einen Hund etc loslassen
    5. etwas loslassen
    6. jemandem entwischen, -kommen
    8. einen Knoten lösen
    9. → slink B
    10. MED sich die Schulter etc auskugeln oder verrenken:
    slip one’s shoulder;
    slip a disc einen Bandscheibenvorfall erleiden;
    slipped disc Bandscheibenvorfall m
    slip2 [slıp] s Keramik: Glasurschlicker m
    slip3 [slıp] s
    1. Pfropfreis n, Ableger m, Setzling m
    2. fig Sprössling m
    3. Streifen m, Stück n (Holz, Papier etc), Zettel m:
    a slip of a boy fig ein schmächtiges Bürschchen;
    a slip of a room fig ein winziges Zimmer
    4. (Kontroll)Abschnitt m
    5. TYPO Fahne f
    * * *
    1. intransitive verb,
    - pp-
    1) (slide) rutschen; [Messer:] abrutschen; (and fall) ausrutschen
    2) (escape) schlüpfen

    let a chance/opportunity slip — sich (Dat.) eine Chance/Gelegenheit entgehen lassen

    let slip that... — verraten, dass...

    3) (go)

    slip to the butcher's — [rasch] zum Fleischer rüberspringen (ugs.)

    4) (move smoothly) gleiten

    everything slipped into place — (fig.) alles fügte sich zusammen

    5) (make mistake) einen [Flüchtigkeits]fehler machen
    6) (deteriorate) nachlassen; [Moral, Niveau, Ansehen:] sinken
    2. transitive verb,
    - pp-
    2) (escape from) entwischen (+ Dat.)

    slip somebody's memory or mind — jemandem entfallen

    3) (release) loslassen
    3. noun

    after his slip — nachdem er ausgerutscht [und gestürzt] war

    2) (mistake) Versehen, das; Ausrutscher, der (ugs.)

    a slip of the tongue/pen — ein Versprecher/Schreibfehler

    3) (underwear) Unterrock, der
    4) (pillowcase) [Kopf]kissenbezug, der

    slip of metal/plastic — Metall-/Plastikstreifen, der

    6) (piece of paper) [Einzahlungs-, Wett]schein, der

    slip [of paper] — Zettel, der

    7)

    give somebody the slip — (escape) jemandem entwischen (ugs.); (avoid) jemandem ausweichen

    8)
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    (error) n.
    Lapsus -en m. (of the tongue) n.
    Versprecher m. (son) n.
    Sprößling m. n.
    Ausgleiten n.
    Ausrutscher m.
    Fehler - m.
    Fehlleistung f.
    Fehltritt m.
    Flüchtigkeitsfehler m.
    Missgeschick n.
    Panne -n f.
    Schlupf (Techn.) (•Nachbleiben der Drehzahl•) m.
    Setzling -e m. v.
    ausgleiten v.
    ausrutschen v.
    gleiten v.
    (§ p.,pp.: glitt, ist geglitten)
    rutschen v.
    schlüpfen v.
    verrutschen v.

    English-german dictionary > slip

  • 96 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 97 set

    I [set] n
    1. 1) комплект, набор; коллекция

    in sets - в комплектах, в наборах

    a set of surgical instruments [of weights] - набор хирургических инструментов [гирь]

    a set of exchange - ком. комплект экземпляров переводного векселя

    a set of teeth - а) зубы, ряд зубов; б) вставные зубы, вставная челюсть

    a set of sails - мор. комплект парусов

    well-chosen [valuable] set - хорошо подобранная [ценная] коллекция

    2) сервиз
    3) гарнитур
    4) прибор

    toilet /dressing-table/ set - туалетный прибор

    writing /desk/ set - письменный прибор

    5) (полный) комплект издания

    a set of Pravda - комплект «Правды»

    2. 1) серия, ряд

    a set of assumptions - ряд допущений /предположений/

    2) совокупность
    3. 1) группа ( лиц); состав

    a poor set of players - плохая команда, плохие игроки

    four sets of dancers /partners/ - четыре пары танцоров

    a new set of customers - новый круг покупателей /клиентов/

    2) набор, состав (учащихся, студентов и т. п.)
    3) компания, круг

    the political [the literary] set - политические [литературные] круги

    the smart /the fashionable/ set - а) законодатели мод; б) фешенебельное общество

    gambling set - картёжники, завсегдатаи игорных домов

    he belonged to the best set in the college - в колледже он принадлежал к числу избранных

    he is not in their set, he does not belong to their set - он не принадлежит к их кругу [см. тж. 4)]

    4) банда, шайка

    he is not in their set, he does not belong to their set - он не из их шайки [см. тж. 3)]

    4. 1) театр., кино декорация

    set designer - художник по декорациям; художник кинофильма

    set dresser - кино декоратор

    2) кино съёмочная площадка
    5. спец. прибор, аппарат; установка, агрегат
    6. приёмник
    7. фигура ( в танце); последовательность фигур

    we danced three or four sets of quadrilles - мы протанцевали три или четыре кадрили

    8. завивка и укладка волос
    9. сюита духовной музыки (месса и т. п.)
    10. редк. меблированная квартира
    11. дор. брусчатка, каменная шашка
    12. спорт.
    1) партия ( часть матча)
    2) сет ( теннис)
    13. спорт. расстановка игроков
    14. геол. свита ( пород)
    15. горн. оклад крепи
    16. мат. множество
    17. мат. семейство ( кривых)
    18. полигр. гарнитура шрифта
    19. полигр. набор
    20. карт. недобор взяток ( бридж)
    II
    1. [set] n
    1. тк. sing общие очертания, линия

    the set of his back [of his shoulders] - линия спины [плеч]

    the set of the hills - линия /очертание/ гор

    2. строение; конфигурация; (тело)сложение

    the set of smb.'s head - посадка головы

    3. тк. sing
    1) направление

    the set of a tide [of a current, of wind] - направление прилива [течения реки, ветра]

    2) направленность; тенденция

    the set of public opinion /of public feeling/ - тенденция общественного мнения

    a set towards mathematics - склонность к математике; математический склад ума

    3) психол. направленность, установка ( на принятие наркотика)
    4) наклон, отклонение

    a set to the right - отклонение /наклон/ вправо

    4. тк. sing поэт. заход, закат ( солнца)
    5. музыкальный вечер (особ. джазовой музыки)
    6. сад. молодой побег ( растения); завязь ( плода)
    7. с.-х.
    1) = set onion
    2) посадочный материал (клубни картофеля и т. п.)
    8. охот. стойка
    9. тех. разводка для пил, развод зубьев пилы, ширина развода
    10. стр. осадка ( сооружений)
    11. тех. остаточная деформация
    12. тех. обжимка, державка
    13. полигр. толщина ( литеры)

    ♢ to be at a dead set - завязнуть, застрять

    to make a dead set at smb. - а) обрушиваться /нападать/ на кого-л.; резко критиковать кого-л.; ≅ вцепиться в кого-л. зубами и когтями; б) делать всё возможное, чтобы завоевать кого-л. /завоевать чью-л. любовь, дружбу, доверие и т. п./; в) вешаться кому-л. на шею, навязывать свою любовь, пытаться влюбить в себя (обыкн. о женщине); г) охот. делать стойку ( о собаке)

    2. [set] a
    1. неподвижный; застывший

    with a set face /countenance/ - с каменным лицом

    2. 1) определённый, твёрдо установленный, постоянный

    set wage - твёрдый оклад, постоянная заработная плата

    the hall holds a set number of people - зал вмещает определённое количество людей

    2) неизменный, постоянный; незыблемый

    set programme - постоянная /неизменная/ программа

    to dine at a set hour - обедать в определённые часы /в одно и то же время/ [ср. тж. 4]

    to be set in one's ways [ideas] - никогда не изменять своим привычкам [взглядам]

    3) шаблонный; стереотипный

    in set terms /phrases/ - в шаблонных /избитых/ выражениях, казённым /официальным/ языком

    3. установленный (законом, традицией)
    4. заранее установленный, оговорённый

    at set hours - в установленные часы [ср. тж. 2, 2)]

    set subject - обязательная тема (для сочинения и т. п.)

    set visit - визит ( официального лица) по предварительной договорённости

    5. упрямый, настойчивый; упорный

    set rains - непрекращающиеся /упорные/ дожди

    a man of set opinions - человек, упорно придерживающийся /не меняющий/ своих взглядов

    his jaw looked too square and set - ≅ его лицо выражало упрямство

    6. умышленный, преднамеренный

    on set purpose - уст. нарочно

    7. разг. готовый, горящий желанием (сделать что-л.)

    all set - шутл. ≅ в полной боевой готовности

    all set to do smth. - горящий желанием сделать что-л.

    we were set for an early morning start - мы подготовились к тому, чтобы выступить рано утром

    is everyone set? - все готовы?

    8. встроенный, прикреплённый

    ♢ set affair - вечеринка с очень хорошим угощением

    set dinner - а) званый обед; б) обед за общим столом ( в ресторане); в) общий обед, не включающий порционные блюда ( в ресторане)

    to be hard set - находиться в затруднительном положении /в стеснённых обстоятельствах/

    to be sharp set - быть голодным, проголодаться

    to get set - толстеть, терять стройность

    3. [set] v (set)
    I
    1. 1) ставить, помещать, класть; положить, поставить

    to set a cup [a glass, a dish] (down) on the table - (по)ставить чашку [стакан, блюдо] на стол

    to set smth. in its place again - поставить /положить/ что-л. на своё место

    to set a chair at /by/ the table - поставить стул около стола /к столу/

    to set chairs for visitors - (по)ставить /расставить/ стулья для гостей

    to set one's hand on smb.'s shoulder - класть /положить/ руку на чьё-л. плечо

    to set a trap /snare/ - поставить силки

    to set an ambush - воен. устроить засаду

    to set a crown on smb.'s head - возложить корону на чью-л. голову

    to set smb. on a pedestal - возвести кого-л. на пьедестал

    he took off his hat and set it on the floor - он снял шляпу и положил её на пол

    2) ставить на какое-л. место; придавать ( то или иное) значение

    to set Vergil before Homer - ставить /считать/ Вергилия выше Гомера

    to set smb. among the great writers - считать кого-л. одним из великих писателей

    to set smb., smth. at naught - а) ни во что не ставить, презирать кого-л., что-л.; to set smb.'s good advice at naught - пренебречь чьим-л. разумным советом; б) издеваться над кем-л., чем-л.

    to set much /a great deal/ on smth. - придавать чему-л. большое значение

    he sets a great deal by daily exercise - он придаёт большое значение ежедневным упражнениям

    to set little on smth. - придавать чему-л. мало значения

    I don't set myself up to be better than you - я не считаю себя лучше /выше/ вас

    2. обыкн. pass помещаться, располагаться

    a house set in a beautiful garden - дом, стоящий в прекрасном саду

    a little town set north of London - маленький городок, расположенный к северу от Лондона

    blue eyes set deep in a white face - голубые, глубоко посаженные глаза на бледном лице

    the pudding sets heavily on the stomach - пудинг тяжело ложится на желудок

    3. сажать, усаживать

    to set smb. by the fire - усадить кого-л. у камина /у костра/

    to set smb. on horseback - посадить кого-л. на лошадь

    to set a king on a throne - посадить /возвести/ короля на трон

    4. насаживать, надевать
    5. (in) вставлять
    6. 1) направлять; поворачивать

    to set smb. on the right [wrong] track - направить кого-л. по правильному [ложному] следу

    to set the police after a criminal - направить полицию по следам преступника

    2) иметь ( то или иное) направление, ( ту или иную) тенденцию

    public opinion is setting with [against] him - общественное мнение за [против] него, общественное мнение складывается в [не в] его пользу

    7. подготавливать; снаряжать; приводить в состояние готовности

    to set the scene - описать (в общих чертах) обстановку /положение/

    to set the stage - а) расставлять декорации; б) (под)готовить почву (для чего-л.)

    to set the stage for the application of a new method of therapy - подготовить почву для нового метода лечения

    to be set for smth. - быть готовым к чему-л.

    it was all set now - теперь всё было готово /подготовлено/

    it /the stage/ was all set for a first-class row - всё предвещало первостатейный скандал

    I was all set for the talk - я готовился к этому разговору; я знал, что меня ждёт /мне предстоит/ этот разговор

    he was all set for a brilliant career - перед ним открывалась блестящая карьера, его ждала блестящая карьера

    set! - спорт. внимание!, приготовиться!

    8. устанавливать, определять, назначать

    to set a limit /boundary/ - устанавливать границы /пределы/

    to set a limit to smth. - установить предел чему-л., пресечь что-л.

    to set bounds to smth. - ограничивать что-л.

    to set the pace - а) устанавливать скорость шага /бега/; б) служить образцом, примером; [см. тж. 10]

    to set the style /tone/ - задавать тон

    to set the course - спорт. измерить дистанцию

    to set a time [a date] - назначить время [дату]

    to set a price on smb.'s head /on smb.'s life/ - оценивать чью-л. голову /жизнь/, назначать сумму вознаграждения за поимку кого-л.

    he sets no limit to his ambitions - его честолюбие безгранично /не знает пределов/

    the time and date of the meeting have not yet been set - время и день собрания ещё не назначены

    then it's all set for Thursday at my place - значит решено - в четверг у меня

    9. 1) диал., часто ирон. идти, быть к лицу

    do you think this bonnet sets me? - как вы думаете, идёт мне эта шляпка?

    2) редк. сидеть ( о платье)

    to set well /badly/ - хорошо [плохо] сидеть (на ком-л.)

    10. тех. устанавливать, регулировать

    to set the camera lens to infinity - фото устанавливать объектив на бесконечность

    to set the spark-gap - авт. отрегулировать искровой промежуток

    to set the pace - регулировать скорость [см. тж. 8]

    11. мор. пеленговать
    12. стр. производить кладку
    II А
    1. садиться, заходить ( о небесных светилах)

    his star has /is/ set - образн. его звезда закатилась

    2. ставить (стрелку, часы и т. п.)

    to set a clock /a watch/, to set the hands of a clock - (по)ставить часы (правильно)

    to set one's watch by the town clock [by the time-signal] - ставить свои часы по городским [по сигналу поверки времени]

    to set an alarm-clock - поставить /завести/ будильник

    to set a thermostat at seventy - поставить стрелку термостата на семьдесят

    to set the speedometer to zero - авт. установить спидометр на нуль

    I want you to set your watch by mine - я хочу, чтобы вы поставили свои часы по моим

    3. 1) ставить (задачи, цели и т. п.)
    2) задавать (уроки, вопросы и т. п.)

    the teacher set his boys a difficult problem - учитель задал ученикам трудную задачу

    what questions were set in the examination? - какие вопросы задавали на экзамене?

    4. подавать ( пример)

    to set good [bad] examples - подавать хорошие [дурные] примеры

    5. 1) вводить ( моду)
    2) вводить, внедрять (модель и т. п.)

    to set a new model - внедрять новую модель /-ый образец/

    6. 1) стискивать, сжимать (зубы, губы)

    he set his teeth doggedly [hard] - он упрямо [крепко] стиснул зубы; б) принять твёрдое решение; упрямо стоять на своём, заупрямиться

    with jaws set in an effort to control himself - стиснув зубы, он пытался овладеть собой

    2) сжиматься (о губах, зубах)
    7. застывать, становиться неподвижным (о лице, глазах и т. п.)
    8. 1) твердеть ( о гипсе)
    2) стр. схватываться (о цементе, бетоне)

    the mortar joining these bricks hasn't set yet - известковый раствор, скрепляющий эти кирпичи, ещё не затвердел

    3) застывать (о желе, креме)
    4) заставлять твердеть или застывать (известь и т. п.)
    9. 1) загустеть; свёртываться (о крови, белке); створаживаться ( о молоке)
    2) сгущать (кровь и т. п.); створаживать ( молоко)
    10. 1) оформиться, сформироваться (о фигуре, характере)

    his mind and character are completely set - у него зрелый ум и вполне сложившийся характер

    2) формировать (характер и т. п.); развивать ( мускулатуру)

    too much exercise sets a boy's muscles prematurely - от чрезмерного увлечения гимнастикой мускулы подростка развиваются слишком быстро ( опережая рост)

    11. ставить ( рекорд)

    he set a record for the half mile - он установил рекорд (в беге) на полмили

    12. накрывать ( на стол)

    he quickly set the table (for three) - он быстро накрыл стол (на три персоны)

    the hostess ordered to have a place set for the guest - хозяйка распорядилась поставить прибор для (нового) гостя

    13. 1) вправлять (кости, суставы)

    to set a broken leg [arm, a dislocated joint] - вправить ногу [руку, вывихнутый сустав]

    2) срастаться ( о кости)
    14. вставлять в оправу ( драгоценные камни)

    to set diamonds - вставлять в оправу /оправлять/ бриллианты

    15. приводить в порядок, поправлять (шляпу, платок, галстук, волосы)
    16. укладывать ( волосы); сделать укладку

    to set one's hair - делать причёску, укладывать волосы

    2) муз. аранжировать

    to set a piece of music for the violin - переложить музыкальную пьесу для скрипки

    to set a melody half a tone higher - транспонировать мелодию на полтона выше

    18. подавать ( сигнал)
    19. точить (нож, бритву и т. п.)
    20. выставлять (часовых и т. п.)

    to set the guard - воен. выставлять караул

    to set guards [sentries, watches] - расставить караульных [часовых, стражу]

    21. высаживать (на берег, остров и т. п.; тж. set ashore)

    to set smb., smth. ashore - а) высаживать кого-л. на берег; б) выгружать что-л. на берег

    22. возлагать ( надежды)

    to set one's hopes on smb. - возлагать надежды на кого-л.

    23. накладывать (запрет, наказание и т. п.)

    to set a veto on smth. - наложить запрет на что-л.

    to set a punishment [a fine] - накладывать взыскание [штраф]

    24. ставить, прикладывать ( печать)

    to set a seal - а) поставить печать; б) наложить отпечаток

    25. сажать (растения, семена)

    to set seed [plants, fruit-trees] - сажать семена [растения, фруктовые деревья]

    the young plants should be set (out) at intervals of six inches - молодые растения следует высаживать на расстоянии шести дюймов друг от друга

    26. 1) приниматься ( о деревьях)
    2) бот. завязываться, образовывать завязи (о плодах, цветах)
    27. разрабатывать, составлять ( экзаменационные материалы)

    they had to set fresh papers - им пришлось составлять новую письменную работу

    to set an examination paper - составлять письменную экзаменационную работу

    to set questions in an examination - составлять вопросы для экзаменационной работы

    to set a book - включить какую-л. книгу в учебную программу

    28. 1) определиться (о направлении ветра, течения и т. п.)
    2) заставлять двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)
    29. делать стойку ( об охотничьих собаках)
    30. 1) сажать ( наседку на яйца)
    2) подкладывать ( яйца под наседку)
    31. сажать в печь ( хлебные изделия)
    32. редк. устанавливаться ( о погоде)
    33. спец. растягивать ( кожу)
    34. закрепить ( краску)
    35. полигр. набирать ( шрифт; тж. set up)

    to set close [wide] - набирать плотно [свободно]

    the editorial was set in boldface type - передовая была набрана жирным шрифтом

    36. налаживать ( станок)
    37. тех. осаживать ( заклёпку)
    38. школ. распределять учеников по параллельным классам или группам в зависимости от способностей
    II Б
    1. 1) to set about ( doing) smth. приниматься за что-л., начинать делать что-л., приступать к чему-л.

    to set about one's work - взяться /приняться/ за работу

    to set about one's packing [getting dinner ready] - начинать упаковывать вещи [готовить обед]

    to set about stamp-collecting [learning the German language] - взяться за собирание марок [изучение немецкого языка]

    I don't know how to set about it - я не знаю, как взяться за это дело /как подступиться к этому/

    2) to set smb. about ( doing) smth. засадить кого-л. за какую-л. работу, заставить кого-л. приняться за что-л., начать что-л.

    to set smb. about a task - заставить кого-л. приступить к выполнению задания

    2. 1) to set to do /doing/ smth. приниматься за что-л., начинать делать что-л.

    to set to work - приступить к работе, приниматься за работу

    they set to fighting [arguing] - они стали драться [спорить]

    2) to set smb. (on) to (do) smth. заставить кого-л. приняться за что-л.; поставить кого-л. на какую-л. работу

    to set smb. to work [to dictation] - усадить кого-л. за работу [за диктант]

    to set smb. to saw wood [to dig a field] - заставить кого-л. пилить дрова [вскапывать поле]

    who(m) did you set to do this? - кому вы поручили сделать это?

    she would do what she was set to do with great thoroughness - она тщательно выполняла то, что ей поручали

    3. to set oneself to smth., to set oneself to do /doing/ smth. энергично взяться за что-л.; твёрдо решить сделать что-л.

    she set herself to put him at his ease - она делала всё возможное, чтобы он чувствовал себя свободно

    it is no pleasant task but let us set ourselves to it - это не очень приятное задание, но давайте приступим к его выполнению

    4. 1) to be set to do smth. быть готовым что-л. сделать

    he was (all) set to go when I came - он уже был (совсем) готов (идти), когда я пришёл

    2) to be set on doing smth. твёрдо решить сделать что-л.
    5. to be set (up) on smth. очень хотеть чего-л.; поставить себе целью добиться чего-л.

    to be dead set on smth. - упорно /страстно/ желать чего-л.

    we didn't much like the idea of his going back to New York but he was set on it - мы не очень одобряли его план вернуться в Нью-Йорк, но он твёрдо решил сделать это

    6. to be set against ( doing) smth., to set oneself against ( doing) smth. быть категорически против чего-л., противиться чему-л.

    he set himself against my proposal - он заупрямился и отказался принять моё предложение

    the mother was violently set against the match - мать была категорически против этого брака

    he (himself) was set against going there - он (сам) упорно отказывался идти туда

    7. 1) to set about /at, (up)on/ smb. нападать, напускаться на кого-л.

    to set upon smb. with blows - наброситься на кого-л. с кулаками

    to set upon smb. with arguments - атаковать кого-л. доводами

    they set upon me like a pack of dogs - они набросились на меня, как свора собак

    I'd set about you myself if I could - если бы я мог, я бы сам отколотил тебя

    2) to set smb. at /on, against/ smb. натравить, напустить кого-л. на кого-л.

    to set the dog on /at/ smb. - натравить на кого-л. собаку

    to set detectives on smb. /on smb.'s tracks/ - установить за кем-л. слежку

    he is trying to set you against me - он старается восстановить вас против меня

    3) to set smb. on to do smth. подбить (на что-л.); подтолкнуть (к чему-л.)

    to set smb. on to commit a crime - толкнуть кого-л. на преступление

    8. to set smth. against smth. книжн.
    1) противопоставлять что-л. чему-л., сравнивать что-л. с чем-л.

    when theory is set against practice - когда теорию противопоставляют практике

    when we set one language against another - когда мы сравниваем один язык с другим

    against the cost of a new car, you can set the considerable saving on repairs and servicing - покупка нового автомобиля стоит денег, но, с другой стороны, это даёт экономию на ремонте и обслуживании

    2) опираться чем-л. обо что-л., упираться

    he set a hand against the door and shoved it - он упёрся рукой в дверь и толкнул её

    9. to set smb. (up) over smb. возвысить кого-л., дать кому-л. власть над кем-л.

    to set smb. (up) over a people - посадить кого-л. на трон, сделать кого-л. королём, дать кому-л. власть над народом

    10. to set oneself down as smb.
    1) выдавать себя за кого-л.
    2) зарегистрироваться, записаться ( в гостинице)
    11. to set smb. down for smb. принимать кого-л. за кого-л.

    to set smb. down for an actor - принять кого-л. за актёра

    he set her down for forty - он считал, что ей лет сорок

    12. to set up for smth. выдавать себя за кого-л.

    to set up for a professional [for a scholar] - выдавать себя за профессионала [за учёного]

    13. to set smth. in motion привести что-л. в движение

    to set a chain reaction in motion - физ. привести в действие цепную реакцию

    14. to set smth. with smth.
    1) осыпать, усеивать что-л. чем-л.; украшать что-л. чем-л.

    to set the top of wall with broken glass - утыкать верхнюю часть стены битым стеклом

    tables set with flowers - столы, украшенные цветами

    the sky set with stars - небо, усеянное звёздами

    a coast set with modern resorts - побережье со множеством современных курортов

    2) засевать что-л. чем-л.
    15. to be set to smth. иметь склонность к чему-л.

    a soul that is set to melancholy - душа, склонная к печали

    16. to set smth. to smth. подносить, прикладывать, приставлять что-л. к чему-л.; приближать что-л. к чему-л.

    to set a match [a lighter] to a cigarette - поднести спичку [зажигалку] к сигарете

    to set one's lips to a glass, to set a glass to one's lips - поднести стакан ко рту

    to set one's hand /one's name, one's signature, one's seal/ to a document - подписать документ

    to set pen to paper - взяться за перо, начать писать

    17. to set smth. apart /aside/ for smb., smth. отводить, предназначать, откладывать что-л. для кого-л., чего-л.

    to set apart funds for some purpose - выделять фонды для какой-л. цели

    to set some food apart for further use - откладывать часть продуктов на будущее

    the rooms set apart for the children were large and beautiful - комнаты, отведённые для детей, были просторны и красивы

    18. to set smth. before smb. излагать что-л. кому-л.

    to set a plan [facts] before smb. - излагать /представлять на рассмотрение/ кому-л. план [факты]

    he set his plan before the council - он изложил /представил/ совету свой план

    III А
    1. в сочетании с последующим прилагательным, наречием или предложным оборотом означает приведение в какое-л. состояние:

    to set a prisoner free /at liberty/ - освободить арестованного

    to set afloat - а) мор. спускать на воду; б) приводить в движение; дать (чему-л.) ход

    anger set afloat all his inner grievances - гнев всколыхнул затаённые обиды

    to set smb. wrong - вводить кого-л. в заблуждение

    set your mind at ease! - не беспокойтесь!

    to set smb.'s mind at rest - успокоить кого-л.

    to set a question /affair/ at rest - разрешить какой-л. вопрос, покончить с каким-л. вопросом

    to set smb.'s fears at rest - рассеять чьи-л. опасения

    to set smb.'s curiosity agog - возбудить /вызвать/ чьё-л. любопытство

    to set smb. on the alert - заставить кого-л. насторожиться

    to set at ready - воен. приводить в готовность

    to set one's affairs [papers, room] in order - приводить свои дела [бумаги, комнату] в порядок

    to set going - а) запускать (машину и т. п.); to set machinery going - приводить в действие механизм; б) пускать в ход, в действие

    to set on foot = to set going б)

    2) побуждение к какому-л. действию:

    to set smb. laughing [in a roar] - рассмешить, заставить кого-л. смеяться [покатиться со смеху]

    his jokes set the whole room [the table] laughing - все, кто был в комнате [кто сидел за столом], до упаду смеялись над его шутками

    to set smb. (off) thinking, to set smb. to thinking - заставить кого-л. призадуматься

    to set smb. wondering - вызывать у кого-л. удивление

    to set smb. flying - обратить кого-л. в бегство

    to set tongues wagging - вызывать толки, давать пищу для сплетен

    this incident set everybody's tongue wagging - этот инцидент наделал много шуму

    to set the company talking - а) развязать языки; б) дать пищу злым языкам

    I set him talking about the new discovery - я навёл его на разговор о новом открытии

    ♢

    to set foot somewhere - ходить куда-л., появляться где-л.

    not to set foot in smb.'s house - не переступать порога чьего-л. дома

    to set foot on shore - ступить на землю /на берег/

    to set one's feet on the path - пуститься в путь /дорогу/

    to set one's heart on smth. - стремиться к чему-л., страстно желать чего-л.

    to set one's heart on doing smth. - стремиться сделать что-л.

    he set his heart on going to the South - он очень хотел /твёрдо решил/ поехать на юг

    he has set his heart on seeing Moscow - его заветной мечтой было повидать Москву

    why should it be that man she has set her heart upon? - почему она полюбила именно этого человека?

    to set one's wits to smb.'s (wits) - поспорить /помериться силами/ с кем-л.

    to set one's wits to smth. - пытаться (раз)решить что-л.; ≅ шевелить мозгами

    to set one's wits to work - ломать себе голову над чем-л.

    to set people by the ears /at variance, at loggerheads/ - ссорить, натравливать людей друг на друга

    to set smth. on fire, to set fire /a light/ to smth. - сжечь /поджечь, зажечь/ что-л.

    to have smb. set - схватить кого-л. за горло, прижать кого-л. к стенке

    to set the law [smb.] at defiance - бросать вызов закону [кому-л.]

    НБАРС > set

  • 98 bevormunden

    v/t tell s.o. what to do (all the time), treat s.o. patronizingly ( oder like a child); jemanden geistig bevormunden make up s.o.’s mind for him ( oder her); ich lass’ mich nicht von dir bevormunden auch I’m not going to let you run my life
    * * *
    be|vor|mun|den ptp bevormundet
    vt
    to treat like a child

    jdn bevórmunden — to make sb's decisions (for him/her), to make up sb's mind for him/her

    ich lasse mich von niemandem bevórmunden — I shan't (esp Brit) or won't let anyone make my decisions (for me) or make up my mind for me

    * * *
    1) (to teach or treat (a person) in a way that does not allow him to think or act for himself.) spoon-feed
    2) (to organize or control (people) very strictly: Children in schools are no longer regimented as they used to be.) regiment
    * * *
    be·vor·mun·den *
    [bəˈfo:ɐ̯mʊndn̩]
    vt
    ▪ jdn \bevormunden to treat sb like a child
    ich lasse mich nicht mehr \bevormunden, ich will selbst entscheiden! I won't be ordered about any more, I want to make up my own mind!
    * * *
    * * *
    bevormunden v/t tell sb what to do (all the time), treat sb patronizingly ( oder like a child);
    jemanden geistig bevormunden make up sb’s mind for him ( oder her);
    ich lass’ mich nicht von dir bevormunden auch I’m not going to let you run my life
    * * *
    * * *
    v.
    to act as guardian for expr.
    to domineer over v.
    to patronise (UK) v.
    to patronize (US) v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > bevormunden

  • 99 zurechnungsfähig

    Adj. accountable, of sound mind; JUR. auch compos mentis; ist er zurechnungsfähig? auch can he be held accountable ( oder responsible)?
    * * *
    sane
    * * *
    zu|rech|nungs|fä|hig
    adj
    of sound mind, compos mentis pred (ESP JUR, inf)
    * * *
    ((with for) able to control, and fully aware of (one's actions): The lawyer said that at the time of the murder, his client was not responsible for his actions.) responsible
    * * *
    zu·rech·nungs·fä·hig
    adj JUR responsible for one's actions pred, compos mentis pred spec
    eingeschränkt \zurechnungsfähig sein to be responsible for one's actions to a limited extent
    ▶ bist du noch \zurechnungsfähig? (fam) are you all there? pej fam
    * * *
    1) sound of mind pred.
    2) (Rechtsw.): (schuldfähig) responsible [for one's actions]
    * * *
    zurechnungsfähig adj accountable, of sound mind; JUR auch compos mentis;
    ist er zurechnungsfähig? auch can he be held accountable ( oder responsible)?
    * * *
    1) sound of mind pred.
    2) (Rechtsw.): (schuldfähig) responsible [for one's actions]
    * * *
    adj.
    sane adj. adv.
    sanely adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > zurechnungsfähig

  • 100 encima

    adv.
    1 on top (arriba).
    pásame el de encima pass me the top one o the one on top
    el vecino de encima the upstairs neighbor
    vivo encima de tu casa I live upstairs from you
    el pan está encima de la nevera the bread is on (top of) the fridge
    vive por encima de sus posibilidades he lives beyond his means
    por encima de todo more than anything else
    2 on top of that.
    encima de no hacerlo bien… on top of not doing it well…
    encima de ser tonto, es feo on top of being stupid, he's also ugly
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: encimar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: encimar.
    * * *
    1 (más arriba) above, overhead; (sobre) on top
    2 (ropa etc) on, on top
    ■ ¿llevas cambio encima? do you have any change on you?
    4 (además) in addition, besides
    5 familiar (por si fuera poco) what's more, on top of that, besides
    \
    de encima top, on top, above
    encima de (a más altura) over, above 2 (sobre) on 3 (además) besides, as well as, on top of that
    estar alguien encima de otro familiar to be on somebody's back, be breathing down somebody's neck
    por encima (a más altura) above 2 (de pasada) superficially
    quitarse algo de encima / quitarse a alguien de encima figurado to get rid of something / get rid of somebody
    tener algo encima figurado to be just round the corner
    * * *
    adv.
    1) above, on top
    2) upon
    •
    * * *
    ADV
    1) [en el espacio]

    • encima de — [con contacto] on top of; [sin contacto] above

    • llevar o tener algo encima, no llevaba encima la documentación — I didn't have the papers on me

    • venirse encima de algn — [animal, vehículo] to come (straight) at sb, bear down on sb; [peso, mueble] to fall on (top of) sb

    - hacerse encima
    mundo 5)
    2) [en el tiempo] upon

    se nos echó la noche encima — it grew dark, night fell

    se nos viene encima la fecha de la boda — the wedding is nearly upon us, the wedding is just around the corner

    3)

    • por encima —

    a) (=por lo alto) over

    • por encima de — over

    ha nevado por encima de los 2.500m — there is snow above o over 2,500 metres

    • estar por encima de algo — [en cantidad, nivel] to be above sth; [en preferencia] to come before sth

    • por encima de todo — above all

    b) (=superficialmente)
    4) (=además) on top of that

    • encima de — besides, as well as

    y luego, encima de todo lo que dijo, se fue sin disculparse — and then, as well as o on top of saying all that, he left without apologizing

    5) esp Cono Sur

    • encima mío/tuyo/ etc — above me/you/etc

    * * *
    3) ( además)

    y encima no me lo devolvió — and on top of that, he didn't give it back

    encima de: encima de la mesa on the table; encima del armario on top of the cupboard; llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket; viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop; encima de caro es feo not only is it expensive, it's also ugly; echarse algo encima < deuda> to saddle o land oneself with something; < problema> to take... upon oneself; echarse encima a alguien (AmL): se echó encima a todos los profesores he turned all the teachers against him; estar encima de alguien or estarle encima a alguien (fam) to be on at somebody (colloq); hacerse encima (fam & euf) ( orinarse) to wet oneself; ( hacerse caca): todavía se hace encima he still messes his pants; por encima: esparcir las almendras por encima sprinkle the almonds over it o on top; volaban por encima del pueblo they flew over the town; está por encima del jefe de sección she's higher up than o she's above the head of department; temperaturas por encima de lo normal above-average temperatures; lo leí por encima I just skimmed through it; le eché un vistazo muy por encima I just looked over it very quickly; una limpieza por encima a quick clean; por encima de todo: por encima de todo, que no se entere él above all o most important, he mustn't find out; pone su carrera por encima de todo she puts her career before anything else; quitarse or sacarse algo de encima <problema/tarea> to get something out of the way; quitarse or sacarse a alguien de encima — to get rid of somebody

    * * *
    = on top, thereupon [thereon].
    Ex. Built for King Frederick William II. in 1788-91 with the Quadriga on top, a four-horse chariot driven by the goddess of Victory, holding the symbols of victory.
    Ex. The inspector may enter, inspect and examine an amusement park and the amusement devices and structures contained thereupon.
    ----
    * actuar por encima de {Posesivo} capacidades = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * destacar por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * echar por encima = top with.
    * echarse encima de = bear down on.
    * écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * encima de = on top of, above, atop.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * justo encima de = smack right on top of.
    * leer por encima = browse, skim, skim read.
    * leer rápidamente por encima = skim through.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombre = look down + Posesivo + nose at.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down on/upon.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * por encima = overhead.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * quitarse a Alguien de encima = keep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back, get + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back.
    * quitarse de encima = shake off.
    * quitarse un (buen) peso de encima = get + a (real) weight off + Posesivo + chest.
    * quitarse un peso de encima = take + a weight off + Posesivo + mind, take + a load off + Posesivo + mind.
    * quitar un peso de encima = remove + burden from shoulders.
    * quitar un peso de encima a Alguien = lift + a weight off + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * sacudirse de encima = shake off.
    * sobresalir por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, a cut above the rest, stick up above + the rest, stick out above + the rest, a cut above, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tratar muy por encima = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * y encima = into the bargain.
    * * *
    3) ( además)

    y encima no me lo devolvió — and on top of that, he didn't give it back

    encima de: encima de la mesa on the table; encima del armario on top of the cupboard; llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket; viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop; encima de caro es feo not only is it expensive, it's also ugly; echarse algo encima < deuda> to saddle o land oneself with something; < problema> to take... upon oneself; echarse encima a alguien (AmL): se echó encima a todos los profesores he turned all the teachers against him; estar encima de alguien or estarle encima a alguien (fam) to be on at somebody (colloq); hacerse encima (fam & euf) ( orinarse) to wet oneself; ( hacerse caca): todavía se hace encima he still messes his pants; por encima: esparcir las almendras por encima sprinkle the almonds over it o on top; volaban por encima del pueblo they flew over the town; está por encima del jefe de sección she's higher up than o she's above the head of department; temperaturas por encima de lo normal above-average temperatures; lo leí por encima I just skimmed through it; le eché un vistazo muy por encima I just looked over it very quickly; una limpieza por encima a quick clean; por encima de todo: por encima de todo, que no se entere él above all o most important, he mustn't find out; pone su carrera por encima de todo she puts her career before anything else; quitarse or sacarse algo de encima <problema/tarea> to get something out of the way; quitarse or sacarse a alguien de encima — to get rid of somebody

    * * *
    = on top, thereupon [thereon].

    Ex: Built for King Frederick William II. in 1788-91 with the Quadriga on top, a four-horse chariot driven by the goddess of Victory, holding the symbols of victory.

    Ex: The inspector may enter, inspect and examine an amusement park and the amusement devices and structures contained thereupon.
    * actuar por encima de {Posesivo} capacidades = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * destacar por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * echar por encima = top with.
    * echarse encima de = bear down on.
    * écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * encima de = on top of, above, atop.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * justo encima de = smack right on top of.
    * leer por encima = browse, skim, skim read.
    * leer rápidamente por encima = skim through.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombre = look down + Posesivo + nose at.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down on/upon.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * por encima = overhead.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * quitarse a Alguien de encima = keep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back, get + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back.
    * quitarse de encima = shake off.
    * quitarse un (buen) peso de encima = get + a (real) weight off + Posesivo + chest.
    * quitarse un peso de encima = take + a weight off + Posesivo + mind, take + a load off + Posesivo + mind.
    * quitar un peso de encima = remove + burden from shoulders.
    * quitar un peso de encima a Alguien = lift + a weight off + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * sacudirse de encima = shake off.
    * sobresalir por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, a cut above the rest, stick up above + the rest, stick out above + the rest, a cut above, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tratar muy por encima = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * y encima = into the bargain.

    * * *
    A
    (en el espacio): le puso el pie/una piedra encima he put his foot/a stone on it
    no tengo or llevo dinero encima I don't have any money on me
    se me sentaron encima they sat on top of me
    se tiró el café encima she spilled the coffee over herself
    vi el coche cuando ya lo tenía encima I didn't see the car until it was on top of me
    el autobús se nos venía encima the bus was coming straight at o toward(s) us
    se me vino el armario encima the cupboard came down on top of me
    se le vino encima una enorme responsabilidad he had to take on a great deal of reponsibility
    B
    (en el tiempo): ya tenemos las fiestas encima the festive season is just around the corner
    los exámenes ya estaban encima the exams were already upon us
    la fecha se nos vino encima y no habíamos terminado the day arrived and we hadn't finished
    se nos venía or echaba encima la noche night was falling (around us)
    C
    (además): es caro y encima de mala calidad it's expensive and, not only that, it's poor quality
    le han dado el mejor lugar — ¡y encima se queja! they've given her the best seat — and she goes and complains!
    y encima, no me lo quiso devolver and then o and on top of that, he wouldn't give it back!
    D ( en locs):
    encima de: encima de la mesa on the table
    encima del armario on top of the cupboard
    llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket
    viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop
    encima de caro es feo as well as being expensive, it's (also) ugly o not only is it expensive, it's also ugly
    echarse algo encima ‹deuda› to saddle o land o ( BrE) lumber oneself with sth;
    ‹problema› to take … upon oneself
    echarse encima a algn ( AmL): se echó encima a todos los profesores he turned all the teachers against him, he got on the wrong side of all the teachers
    hacerse encima ( fam euf) (orinarse) to wet oneself
    (hacerse caca): todavía se hace encima he still messes his pants o does it in his pants
    por encima: esparcir las almendras por encima sprinkle the almonds over it o on top
    la miró por encima de los anteojos he looked at her over the top of his glasses
    los aviones volaban por encima del pueblo the planes flew over the town
    ella está por encima del jefe de sección she's higher up than o she's above the head of department
    pasar por encima de algn or pasarle por encima a algn (para un ascenso) to pass sb over; (para una consulta, queja) to go over sb's head
    temperaturas por encima de lo normal above-average temperatures
    un porcentaje muy por encima de la media a much higher than average percentage
    está muy por encima de la competencia it is well ahead of the competition
    lo leí muy por encima I skipped through it
    le eché un vistazo muy por encima I just looked over o through it very quickly
    hice una limpieza muy por encima I gave the place a very quick clean
    por encima de todo: por encima de todo, que no se entere ella above all o most important, she mustn't find out
    pone su carrera por encima de todo she puts her career before anything else
    quitarse or sacarse algo/a algn de encima: me saqué ese problema de encima I got that problem out of the way
    por lo menos te has sacado ese peso de encima at least you've got that weight off your mind
    no sabía qué hacer para quitármela de encima I didn't know what to do to get rid of her
    * * *

     

    encima adverbio
    1 ( en el espacio):

    no llevo dinero encima I don't have any money on me;
    se tiró el café encima she spilled the coffee over herself;
    se me vino el armario encima the cupboard came down on top of me
    2 ( además):
    ◊ ¡y encima se queja! and then she goes and complains!;

    y encima no me lo devolvió and on top of that, he didn't give it back!
    3 ( en locs)
    ◊ encima de: encima de la mesa on the table;

    encima del armario on top of the cupboard;
    llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket;
    viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop;
    encima de caro es feo not only is it expensive, it's also ugly;
    por encima over;
    saltó por encima he jumped over;
    le eché un vistazo por encima I just looked over it quickly;
    una limpieza por encima a quick clean;
    por encima de above;
    por encima de la media above average;
    por encima de todo above everything;
    volaban por encima de las nubes/del pueblo they flew above the clouds/over the town;
    está por encima del jefe de sección she's above the head of department;
    quitarse algo de encima ‹problema/tarea› to get sth out of the way;
    quitarse a algn de encima to get rid of sb
    encima adverbio
    1 (en la parte superior de) on top: pon la maleta encima, put the case on top
    2 (sobre uno) no tenía encima la documentación, she didn't have her papers on her
    (sobre el cuerpo) se me cayó encima el café, I spilt the coffee over myself
    se echó una manta encima, he put a blanket over himself
    3 (sobre el espíritu, en la mente) tiene muchas preocupaciones encima, she has got lots of worries
    4 (además) besides, on top of that: se estropeó el coche y encima empezó a nevar, the car broke down and then to cap it all it started to snow
    no da ni golpe y encima se queja, he doesn't lift a finger and on top of all that he complains
    5 (muy cerca) tengo encima el coche de detrás, the car behind is getting too close
    (muy pendiente) on top of, in control of: tengo al jefe encima todo el día, I've got the boss breathing down my neck all day
    ♦ Locuciones: encima de, (sobre) on, over: vive encima de un bar, she lives above a bar
    por encima, (superficialmente) hablamos de ello por encima, we scarcely talked about it
    por encima de, over: los pájaros volaban por encima, birds flew overhead
    ' encima' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    añadidura
    - arriba
    - cadáver
    - casa
    - echarse
    - espachurrar
    - estar
    - fullera
    - fullero
    - hombro
    - llevar
    - montante
    - mundo
    - peso
    - por
    - quitarse
    - saltar
    - sobre
    - superar
    - atropellar
    - mirada
    - ojo
    - posibilidad
    - quitar
    - tener
    - todavía
    English:
    above
    - atop
    - bear down on
    - beyond
    - bob
    - body
    - bung
    - burn out
    - canopy
    - cave in
    - clamber
    - class
    - dead
    - disdain
    - excel
    - eye
    - grape
    - hold
    - hover
    - neck
    - on
    - one-upmanship
    - over
    - overhang
    - overhead
    - paint out
    - plonk
    - rise above
    - rivet
    - senior
    - shake off
    - sketchily
    - skim
    - stand
    - standard
    - top
    - upon
    - bargain
    - by
    - capacity
    - carry
    - first
    - get
    - go
    - just
    - keep
    - look
    - nag
    - nose
    - palm
    * * *
    ♦ adv
    1. [arriba] on top;
    [en el piso de arriba] upstairs;
    un pastel con una guinda encima a cake with a cherry on top;
    pásame el de encima pass me the top one o the one on top;
    yo vivo encima I live upstairs;
    el vecino de encima the upstairs neighbour;
    tienes encima un mosquito you've got a mosquito on you;
    Am
    de encima in addition, besides;
    le cayó encima la responsabilidad de dirigir el partido the responsibility of leading the party was thrust upon her;
    el autobús se le echó encima antes de que pudiera reaccionar the bus was upon him before he had time to react;
    tiene a su jefe encima todo el día his boss is on at him o on his back all day long
    2. [en tiempo]
    las elecciones ya están encima the elections are already upon us;
    se nos echó la noche encima night fell, night descended upon us
    3. [además] on top of that;
    está lejos y encima no hay transporte público it's a long way away and on top of that o what is more, there's no public transport;
    voy a consolarlo y encima me grita I go to comfort him and all he does is shout at me
    4. [sobre sí]
    lleva un abrigo encima she has a coat on;
    ponte algo encima, vas a tener frío put something on, you'll be cold;
    ¿llevas dinero encima? have you got any money on you?;
    le quitaron todo lo que llevaba encima they took everything he had with him
    ♦ encima de loc prep
    1. [sobre, en] on (top of);
    el pan está encima de la nevera the bread is on (top of) the fridge
    2. [en lugar más alto que] above;
    encima de la montaña el cielo se encapotó the sky above the mountain clouded over;
    vivo encima de tu casa I live upstairs from you;
    estar encima de alguien [controlar, vigilar] to be on sb's back;
    mi madre está encima de mí todo el día my mother's on at me o on my back all day long
    3. [además de] as well as;
    encima de (ser) tonto, es feo as well as being stupid, he's also ugly;
    encima de no hacerlo bien… not only did he not do it well…
    ♦ por encima loc adv
    1. [sobre la parte superior] on top;
    por encima lleva una capa de chocolate it has a layer of chocolate on top;
    había ropa por encima de la cama there were clothes on the bed
    2. [por arriba]
    la ciudad tenía una capa de contaminación por encima the city was covered with a layer of pollution;
    volaron por encima de los Alpes they flew over the Alps;
    el sol asomaba por encima de las montañas the sun was peeping over the mountains
    3. [en nivel superior]
    sólo tiene a dos personas por encima there are only two people above her;
    por encima de over, above;
    un precio muy por encima de lo que habíamos presupuestado a price well over o above what we had budgeted for;
    una calidad muy por encima de lo habitual a much higher quality than usual;
    la salud de sus hijos está por encima de todo lo demás their childrens' health comes before everything else;
    está muy por encima de los otros alumnos he's far better than the other students;
    vive por encima de sus posibilidades he lives beyond his means;
    por encima de todo: por encima de todo, hazlo con mucho cuidado above all o first and foremost, be very careful;
    por encima de todo, lo que más me preocupa… what worries me more than anything else…;
    por encima de todo, no se lo digas a nadie whatever else you do, don't tell anyone;
    ponemos la seguridad por encima de todo we place safety first o before everything else
    4. [superficialmente]
    lo conozco por encima I only know it roughly;
    sólo lo he leído por encima I've only skimmed through it;
    ordené la casa por encima y me marché I gave the house a quick tidy up and left
    * * *
    adv
    1 on top;
    encima de on top of, on;
    por encima de over, above;
    por encima de todo above all;
    echarse encima de alguien fig pounce on s.o.;
    estar encima de alguien fig: para que haga algo keep on top of s.o.; hacerle caso be all over s.o.;
    la noche se nos echó encima night overtook us
    2
    :
    hacer algo muy por encima do sth very quickly;
    leí el artículo por encima I skimmed (through) the article
    3
    :
    no lo llevo encima I haven’t got it on me;
    4 ( cercano)
    :
    el final del curso ya está encima we’re nearly at the end of the course already
    5 ( además)
    :
    lo ayudo, y encima se queja I help him and then he goes and complains
    * * *
    encima adv
    1) : on top, above
    2) además: as well, besides
    3)
    encima de : on, on top of, over
    4)
    por encima de : above, beyond
    por encima de la ley: above the law
    5)
    echarse encima : to take upon oneself
    6)
    estar encima de fam : to nag, to criticize
    7)
    quitarse de encima : to get rid of
    * * *
    encima adv
    1. (en) on
    2. (sobre) on top
    ¿cuál? el que está encima which one? the one on top
    3. (sin tocar) over
    ¡salta por encima! jump over!
    4. (además) on top of everything / on top of that
    llegó tarde y, encima, se enfadó conmigo he arrived late and on top of that, he got angry with me

    Spanish-English dictionary > encima

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Mind control — (also known as brainwashing, coercive persuasion, mind abuse, thought control, or thought reform) refers to a process in which a group or individual systematically uses unethically manipulative methods to persuade others to conform to the wishes… …   Wikipedia

  • Mind-Control — Die Neutralität dieses Artikels oder Abschnitts ist umstritten. Eine Begründung steht auf der Diskussionsseite. Dieser Artikel oder Abschn …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Mind Control — Die Neutralität dieses Artikels oder Abschnitts ist umstritten. Eine Begründung steht auf der Diskussionsseite. Dieser Artikel oder Abschn …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Mind control in popular culture — Mind control has proven a popular subject in fiction, featuring in books and films such as The IPCRESS File and The Manchurian Candidate, both stories featuring the premise that controllers could hypnotize a person into murdering on command while …   Wikipedia

  • Mind Control (Tantric album) — Mind Control Studio album by Tantric Released August 4, 2009 …   Wikipedia

  • Mind Control (Canibus album) — Mind Control Studio album by Canibus Released June 21, 2005 …   Wikipedia

  • Mind control (disambiguation) — Mind control may refer to: Mind Control psychological technique (Brainwashing) Mind Control (Canibus album) Mind Control (Genocide Organ album) Mind Control (Stephen Marley album) Mind Control (Tantric album) Mind Control with Derren Brown, a TV… …   Wikipedia

  • Mind Control (Stephen Marley album) — Mind Control Studio album by Stephen Marley Released March 20, 2007 (U.S.) …   Wikipedia

  • Mind Control (Genocide Organ album) — Mind Control is the 1995 release from German industrial and noise group Genocide Organ. Edition of 490 copies, numbered (stamped) metal plate affixed to cover, approximately 25 copies with full front metal plate. Released by Tesco Organization.… …   Wikipedia

  • Mind Control (album) — Mind Control is the 1995 release from German industrial and noise group Genocide Organ. Edition of 490 copies, numbered (stamped) metal plate affixed to cover, approximately 25 copies with full front metal plate. Released by Tesco… …   Wikipedia

  • mind control — noun Subverting by means of psychological tactics an individuals control of his or her mind (thinking, behavior, emotions, or decisions); one acknowledged technique to facilitate this is hypnosis …   Wiktionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»